Genealogies of Gods, Sages & Kings
देवर्षिराजवंशावलिः
Ch. 41–61: Comprehensive genealogies — the solar dynasty (Ikshvaku lineage including Rama), lunar dynasty (Puru, Bharata, Kuru lineage), the Kashyapa family tree, sages of the seven Rishis (Saptarishi), and the origin of major clans.
Shlokas (1107)
+ Add ShlokaDescription of Kailasa - Verse 1
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 41 · Verse 1
Description of Kailasa Suta said: Kailasa is the abode of the are ofmeritorious souls. It has isolated is full of vegetation. It has the lustre summits, the trans-Himalayan Kailasa range. The climatic conditions of seem favourable for vegetation and human habitation. 268 Vayu Furana kJ 11* t
Description of Kailasa - Verse 6
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 41 · Verse 6
The aerial chariot Puspaka, decorated in jewels, is there. It is very charming and endowed with all desirable qualities.
Description of Kailasa - Verse 7
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 41 · Verse 7
As quick as the mind, it can reach any desired goal. It is decorated with clusters of gold pieces. It is the vehicle of Kubera, king of Yaksas.
Description of Kailasa - Verse 8
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 41 · Verse 8
Lord Kubera the companion of Mahadeva lives there. He is the king of Yaksas revered and honoured by all living beings.
Description of Kailasa - Verse 9
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 41 · Verse 9
Kubera, excellent among Devas, lives there along with Apsaras-s, Yaksas, Gandharvas, Siddhas and Caranas.
Description of Kailasa - Verse 12
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 41 · Verse 12
Similarly this mount Kailasa is the abode of Indra, Agni, Yama, Devas and Apsaras-s where Kubera, the Lord of Yaksas, is the ruler.
Description of Kailasa - Verse 13
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 41 · Verse 13
The attendants of Devas first pay their respects to the king of Yaksas and then proceed to their respective lords.
Description of Kailasa - Verse 41
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 41 · Verse 41
18-28 269 golden lotuses with sweet smell, touch etc., great blue lotuses with leaves and petals as blue as lapis lazuli. The reservoir is beautified with lilies and lotuses of great fragrance. It appears splendid with the womenfolk of Yaksas, Gandharvas and Apsaras-s. The waters of the reservoir are used by Devas, Danavas, Gandharvas, Yaksas, Raksasas and Pannagas (serpents) .
Description of Kailasa - Verse 42
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 41 · Verse 42
Similarly, on the auspicious summit of Himavat abounding in living beings, there is a play-ground called Pandusila, of the destroyer of Krauhca.
Description of Kailasa - Verse 43
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 41 · Verse 43
On its beautiful eastern ridge is the residence of Siddhas. It is known as Kalapagrama.
Description of Kailasa - Verse 48
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 41 · Verse 48
O Brahmanas, now listen to the special features of the western lofty mountain Nisadha1 , as it is being narrated wholly and precisely.
Description of Kailasa - Verse 49
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 41 · Verse 49
On the extensive central summit embellished with gold and minerals is the brightly illuminated abode of Visnu. It is resorted to by multitudes of Siddhas, sages, Gandharvas and crowds of Yaksas, Apsaras-s.
Description of Kailasa - Verse 50
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 41 · Verse 50
There the great lord, the yellow-robed Visnu, the bes tower of boons, the eternal maker of the worlds, is served by Siddhas.
Description of Kailasa - Verse 55
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 41 · Verse 55
South, of the same mountain with many abodes of Daityas, there is an inaccessible city within the (belly of) the mountain, with only a cave as the main entrance.
Description of Kailasa - Verse 56
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 41 · Verse 56
Similarly, on the western peak, on a lofty rock of Parijata, there are flourishing cities of Devas, Danavas and Nagas.
Description of Kailasa - Verse 57
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 41 · Verse 57
On the great ridge of the mountain, there is the rock called Somasila where the moon descends on Parvan days.
Description of Kailasa - Verse 58
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 41 · Verse 58
The sages, Kinnaras and Gandharvas worship the glorious lord of stars, dispeller of darkness, the praiseworthy (uncensured) lord, the moon.
Description of Kailasa - Verse 59
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 41 · Verse 59
North of the same mountain, there is the spot known as Brahmaparsva. It is the abode of Brahma, lord of Devas, It is well-known in heaven.
Description of Kailasa - Verse 60
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 41 · Verse 60
Siddhas, Yaksas, Gandharvas and Danavas worship the self-born lord with sacrifices, worships and prostrations.
Description of Kailasa - Verse 61
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 41 · Verse 61
Similarly, the abode of the Fire-god is famous in all the worlds. There the embodied god Fire is worshipped by Siddhas and Caranas.
Description of Kailasa - Verse 62
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 41 · Verse 62
Similarly, on the excellent mountain Trisrnga, to the north , is the city Hemacarita, well-known in the three worlds. This mountain is frequented by sages and Siddhas. It is the abode of different living beings .
Description of Kailasa - Verse 63
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 41 · Verse 63
There are three abodes of the three chief deities. O Brahmanas, the- abode of Narayana is on the eastern peak, that of Brahma is in the middle and that of Siva is on the west.
Description of Kailasa - Verse 64
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 41 · Verse 64
These mighty lords of Devas, worthy of worship, are revered by Daityas, Danavas, Gandharvas, Yaksas, Raksasas and Nagas.
Description of Kailasa - Verse 65
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 41 · Verse 65
Here and there, on the excellent mountain Trisrnga and adjoining places, are the beautiful cities of Yaksas, Gandharvas and Nagas.
Description of Kailasa - Verse 73
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 41 · Verse 73
The fierce lord of Nagas, invincible Canda, with a hundred heads, the blessed one marked by Visnu’s discus, resides here. There eight wonderful mountains are known as Devaparvatas.
Description of Kailasa - Verse 80
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 41 · Verse 80
The circle of mountains of the Meru (region ) is known as the Siddhaloka. It has various resorts for shelter. Meritorious persons frequent the place.
Description of Kailasa - Verse 81
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 41 · Verse 81
The images of Siddhas of no fierce activities, stand in the middle. That place (also) is known as heaven. Its order is thus stated.
Description of Kailasa - Verse 10-11
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 41 · Verse 10-11
Here the Lord of Wealth has eight treasures : 2 Padma, Mahapadma, Makara, Kacchapa, Kumuda, Sahkha, Nila and Nandana. These being inexhaustible, divine great Treasures hoarding jewels are kept in the assembly-hall.
Description of Kailasa - Verse 87-89
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 41 · Verse 87-89
The worlds ofBrabma, Devas, Asuras and human beings are three. That which is heated by the moon and the sun is known as the world (the earth). It has the qualities of smell, colour, taste, sound and touch. This lotus-shaped universe is known as Lotus in the Vedas. This is the accepted order in the Puranas as well.
Description of Kailasa - Verse 84-85
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 41 · Verse 84-85
The four big continents inhabited by many castes are known as Bhadra, Bharata, Western Ketumala (i.e. Ketumala to the western side) and the NorthernKuru. They are the abodes of meritorious people. O Brahmana, this earth, in the shape of a lotus, and divided into four continents and many sub- continents, has thus been described by me. mountains, forests, and groves is called Padma (lotus-shaped) . It is very extensive.
Description of Kailasa - Verse 82-83
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 41 · Verse 82-83
This earth is declared as having four Dvipas. It is inhabited by people of all castes, statures, complexions and powers. They partake of different kinds of food and beverages. They wear different sorts of dress and ornaments. They have different emotional reactions. 274 Vayu Purana
Description of Kailasa - Verse 51-54
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 41 · Verse 51-54
On its interior peak embellished with different minerals, on the ridge of the Nisadha mountain where the rocky surface is smooth and charming, is the delightful city of Raksasas (called) Ulanghis. The city extends to thirty Yojanas. There are series of gardens there. The city cannot be thwarted by enemies. It is full of (Raksasas) as cruel as poisonous snakes. The palaces have golden turrets and pinnacles. The archways are made of molten gold. There are hundreds of lofty buildings with sloping roofs, in the main streets and thorough-fares. The mansions and palaces (in it) are incomparable. They are embellished with pieces of molten gold. It is very extensive and always joyous. 1 —
Description of Kailasa - Verse 66-67
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 41 · Verse 66-67
Similarly, to the north, on the divine mountain Jarudhi, which abounds in peaks and which is resorted to by Siddhas and sages, are the cities ofYaksas, Kinnaras, Gandharvas, Nagas, Raksasas and Daityas in hundreds and thouands.
Description of Kailasa - Verse 68-72
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 41 · Verse 68-72
On the central summit of that mountain resorted to by Siddhas, Devas and sages, embellished by jewels and min-
Description of Kailasa - Verse 74-77
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 41 · Verse 74-77
Thus, the earth is full of cities, abodes, excellent and sacred lakes of holy waters, silver and jewel mountains having the lustre of gems, mountains of yellow orpiment, vermilion and gold, vast expanses of pure red arsenic shining in their red hue, and mountains of precious stones with minerals of variegated colours. There are very extensive mountains with the rivers, caves, ridges and precipices of variegated colours and many shapes.
Description of Kailasa - Verse 78-79
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 41 · Verse 78-79
These mountains are the abodes of Daityas, Raksasas, saints, Kinnaras, serpents, Gandharvas of wonderful features, Siddhas, Caranas. These are resorted to by Gandharvas and divine damsels. They are extensive and are inhabited by meritorious persons. They appear like filaments of lotuses.
Description of Kailasa - Verse 14-17
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 41 · Verse 14-17
The great and charming water-reservoir ‘Mandakini 53 is there. It has abundance of water. Its embankment has steps plated with gold and studded with gems. There are city was either on or near the Kailasa peak. nine treasures of Kubera are enumerated (MW 548 C) . Kharva from the list in MW is not mentioned here. The geographer M. Ali regards these ‘Treasure-houses’ as the minor peaks of Kailasa (AGP 57) .
Description of Kailasa - Verse 2-4
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 41 · Verse 2-4
In the central ridge, as beautiful as Kunda flower, there is the invincible city of the noble-souled Kubera,1 the presiding deity of wealth. It is a hundred Yojanas in length and fifty Yojanas in breadth. It is beautified with a series of big mansions, set in diverse ways in gold and silver. It is very extensive, affluent and joyful. There is a charming assembly-hall in the centre, embellished with variegated pieces of gold. It is known as Vipuld because it abounds in archways and pillars.
Description of Kailasa - Verse 44-47
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 41 · Verse 44-47
There are hundreds and thousands of hermitages of the sages Mrkanda, Vasistha, Bharata, Nala, Visvamitra, Uddalaka and others, of severe penance and purified souls, on the mountain Himavat. This excellent mountain, the abode of many Siddhas, is decorated by their temples and holy spots. Yaksas and Gandharvas move about here and there. Several groups of Mlecchas too live there. It abounds in mines ofjewels. It is resorted to by different animals. It is the source of origin of thousands of rivers.
The Divine Rivers - Verse 1
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 42 · Verse 1
The Divine Rivers Suta said : The divine rivers of holy waters have sprung from excellent lakes. 1 These have great volume of waters . Listen to them in due order.
The Divine Rivers - Verse 2
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 42 · Verse 2
What is called the moon (Soma) of the ocean of the firmament, the support of all living beings, is the reservoir of nectar for Devas. 1 . Purana writers believed in the following notions about river systems in general :
The Divine Rivers - Verse 3
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 42 · Verse 3
The celestial river of sacred waters springs from it (the reservoir or nectar) . That river of clear transparent water flows through the sky through the seventh path of the wind.1
The Divine Rivers - Verse 3
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 42 · Verse 3
A river along with tributaries is treated as one single river.
The Divine Rivers - Verse 4
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 42 · Verse 4
It turns back on reaching the mass of brilliance. It is resorted to by luminary bodies. It extends to the full length of the sky, with thousands of crores of stars.
The Divine Rivers - Verse 5
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 42 · Verse 5
While the lordly elephant of lord Indra moves about in the firmament, he sportively agitates the water within it.
The Divine Rivers - Verse 6
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 42 · Verse 6
When Siddhas pass through the sky in their aerial chariots (great many in number) , they have a sip in the sacred and healing water of this river .
The Divine Rivers - Verse 7
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 42 · Verse 7
Just as the sun revolves everyday, so this river urged bv the wind, flows through various places.
The Divine Rivers - Verse 8
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 42 · Verse 8
It extends to eighty-four Yojanas allround. It circumambulates the Meru with great velocity.
The Divine Rivers - Verse 9
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 42 · Verse 9
The water currents are split by the fiery wind and the river falls upon the four northern peaks of Meru.
The Divine Rivers - Verse 10
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 42 · Verse 10
After emerging on the excellent sides of ridges of these peaks of Meru, the waters, divided into four, flow thus.
The Divine Rivers - Verse 11
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 42 · Verse 11
After flowing through the supportless firmament for sixty thousand Yojanas, the glorious river falls through the four sides of Meru.2 bases (feet) of Meru, falls again on the eastern Mandara.
The Divine Rivers - Verse 16
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 42 · Verse 16
After coining out from Arunoda, the gently-flowing river falls on the mountain Sitanta (Kashghar range) abounding in beautiful fountains. This mountain is the abode of( multitudes) of Siddhas.
The Divine Rivers - Verse 17
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 42 · Verse 17
The sacred and excellent river is called Sxta. Being held within the various groves and bushes, it is further divided into several branches.
The Divine Rivers - Verse 18
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 42 · Verse 18
From the peek of Sltanta,1 it falls on the mountain Sukunja. 1 From that mountain, it falls on the the mountain Sumanjasa. 1
The Divine Rivers - Verse 19
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 42 · Verse 19
Therefrom it falls on the mount Malyavan2 and comes to Vaikanka and from Vaikahka it passes to Maniparvata and then falls on the mountain Rsabha full of caves.
The Divine Rivers - Verse 20
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 42 · Verse 20
Piercing through thousands of mountains thus, the river falls on the mountain Jathara resorted to by Siddhas.
The Divine Rivers - Verse 21
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 42 · Verse 21
From there the river again falls on the Devakuta mountain, the lower part of which extends upto the sea. In this way, the river gradually reaches the plains.
The Divine Rivers - Verse 27
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 42 · Verse 27
It is known in the worlds as the Alakananda. It enters the northern lake Manasa which is as clear as the minds of Devas.
The Divine Rivers - Verse 28
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 42 · Verse 28
From the Manasa lake, the river flows to the beautiful Trisikhara, the lord of mountains. From the summit of the mountain Trikuta, it falls on the peak of Kalinga ( ?) mountain.
The Divine Rivers - Verse 42
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 42 · Verse 42
29-45 277
The Divine Rivers - Verse 54
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 42 · Verse 54
With its waters augmented by tributaries, this auspicious river denudes thousands of mountains. It then flows at full speed and falls on the great mountain Pariyatra.
The Divine Rivers - Verse 65
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 42 · Verse 65
Flowing rapidly with many rivulets flowing into it, and dashing against many bunds, the river falls on the ridges of Sankhakuta.
The Divine Rivers - Verse 66
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 42 · Verse 66
Falling down the ridges of Sankhakuta, it proceeds to Vrsa Parvata. From Vrsa Parvata, it flows then to Vatsagiri and then to Nagasaila.
The Divine Rivers - Verse 72
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 42 · Verse 72
After piercing (forcing its way) through thousands of mountains thus, the great river reaches Trispiga, the boundary mountain with many peaks.
The Divine Rivers - Verse 78
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 42 · Verse 78
In this way the four great rivers of pure waters, falling down the ridges of great mountains, flow into the four directions.
The Divine Rivers - Verse 79
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 42 · Verse 79
Thus the earth of vast expanse I have almost explained to you. It is surrounded on all sides by Meru and other mountains.
The Divine Rivers - Verse 80
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 42 · Verse 80
The earth has four great continents, four forests of sports, four great trees as the four land-marks and four excellent : lakes.
The Divine Rivers - Verse 81
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 42 · Verse 81
It has four great mountains and has four serpents for support, eight superior mountains and eight inferior.
The Divine Rivers - Verse 13-15
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 42 · Verse 13-15
The eastern branch of the river flows over the Mandara which is the abode of Devas and all the groups of Siddhas, which has many rivulets, caves, golden and variegated lands, ridges. It flows with the crystal clear water that subdues the arrogance and valour of the side-bunds. It flows round the beautiful Caitraratha overflowing the path. This river of the firmament then enters the excellent lake Arunoda (Kara Kul, NE Pamirs) .
The Divine Rivers - Verse 73-74
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 42 · Verse 73-74
Falling from the ridges of Trisrnga inhabited by blessed people this river of pure water falls off the ridges of Meru, and urged by the wind flows to the excellent mountain Viruddha. After irrigating the mountain the river flows into the western ocean. 75-77* On the wonderful great foot of Meru inhabited by living beings, on the northern mountain Suparsva whose sides are the sources of gold, the river falls into the bowels of caves* 280 Vayu Purana into various divisions and descends to the earth with wonderful flowery rafts. Irrigating the Northern Kuru region, the delightful auspicious river runs through the middle of the continent and flows into the northern ocean.
The Divine Rivers - Verse 67-71
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 42 · Verse 67-71
From Nagasaila, it reaches the excellent mountain Nila, the Varsa mountain. From Nila, it flows to Kapinjala, and then the river flows to Indranila, thereafter it flows to Mahanila, and Hemaspiga. From Hemasrnga it flows to Sveta, and from Sveta to Sunaga. From Sunaga, it flows to Sataspiga. Then the great river flows from Sataspiga to the flower-carpeted Puskara. From Puskara to Dviraja, the great mountain of great strength (Sumakdbala) . From there, it flows to Varaha Parvata and the mountain Mayura. From the mountain Mayura the rapid river flows to Ekasikhara bedecked with caves and crevasses, and then to the peak of the Jarudhi mountain.
The Divine Rivers - Verse 61-64
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 42 · Verse 61-64
Then it drops from the ridges of the peaks resorted to by Devas and sages, with its waters scattered by flowery rafts. The blessed river irrigates and circumambulates the forest of the Sun-god which is the sylvan place of origin of variegated jewels. It then falls into the sacred lake Mahabhadra resorted to by blessed people. The beneficent white river is called Bhadrasoma. It flows rapidly and its shores are far apart. The great and holy river Mahabhadra flows thereafter.
The Divine Rivers - Verse 58-60
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 42 · Verse 58-60
The great river flows through the supportless auspicious firmament for a distance of sixty thousand Yojanas, throwing cascades of water like a garland being scattered. It fells from the peak of Meru, its waters being urged by the wind. Being cast in the sky, it takes a curved {circle-like body). It fells at the foot of Mem on the northern mountain Suparsva which
The Divine Rivers - Verse 55-57
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 42 · Verse 55-57
It glides among fountains, streams, caves and ridges. With numerous waves, it wanders through its many bowels. Its current is impeded by several rocks and boulders accidentally felling therein and its waters are split in various ways. It descends on the plains (the earth). The blessed river then irrigates the great continent Ketumala, populated by Mleccha tribes, and falls into the western sea.
The Divine Rivers - Verse 50-53
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 42 · Verse 50-53
(The river flows from one mountain to another:) Thereafter the river flows from mountain Sikhi to mount Kanka, thence to Vaidurya, then to mount Kapila and thence to Gandhamadana. From that excellent mountain it flows to Pinjara, the splendid mountain; from Pinjara it flows to Sarasa and from there it flows to Kumudacala mountain. It flows to the mountains Madhuman, Jana, Mukuta. From the peak of Mukuta, it flows to the great mountain Krsna, from Krsna it flows to the great mountain Sveta, served by (other) great mountains. From Sveta it ultimately comes down to thousand-peaked Sailendra, the lord of mountains.
The Divine Rivers - Verse 48-49
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 42 · Verse 48-49
From Sitoda is goes to mount Supaksa. Again this river of holy clear water which is used by divine sages, falls from the peak of Supaksa. Thence this river of blessed waters falls on the Sikhi mountain.
The Divine Rivers - Verse 46-47
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 42 · Verse 46-47
This blessed river of many flowers and fruits irrigates the great forests of Devabhraja, Mahabhraja and Vaibhraja. Decorated by various forests and circumambulating the mountain, it enters the western lake of pure waters, Sitoda.
The Divine Rivers - Verse 25-26
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 42 · Verse 25-26
The river (Alakananda) that flows over Gandhamadana, the lord of mountains in the south, has many waterfalls and splashes waves and ripples in various ways. It then irrigates the Nandana park, the pleasant resort of Devas. This blessed river then circumambulates the forests of Gandhamadana.
The Divine Rivers - Verse 22-24
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 42 · Verse 22-24
Thus flooding through thousands of valleys, hundreds of mountains, strange forests, a variety of lakes, the river, creating eddies in its expanses and joined by thousands oftributaries, flows over the great eastern continent3 Bhadrasva and falls into the eastern sea.
Description of Bkadrasva - Verse 4
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 43 · Verse 4
There is a great divine Panasa (Jack-fruit) tree there. It has six tastes. It is the son of Brahma, capable of moving about according to its pleasure. It has the speed of mind. It is veritable Isvara himself. Imbibing its juice, the people there live for ten thousand years.
Description of Bkadrasva - Verse 5
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 43 · Verse 5
On the eastern side of Malyavat, there is another big boulder. In length and width, it is like the former one.
Description of Bkadrasva - Verse 6
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 43 · Verse 6
The people of the area are called Bhadrasvas. They remain always joyous in mind. There is a splendid forest of huge trees called Kdldmra ( black mangoes) .
Description of Bkadrasva - Verse 43
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 43 · Verse 43
7-23 281
Description of Bkadrasva - Verse 1-3
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 43 · Verse 1-3
Description of Bkadrasva Suta said : Near Gandhamadana there is a large and bulky boulder above, thirty-four thousand Yojanas long, and thirtytwo thousand Yojanas wide, east to west. The residents of this area perform auspicious rites. They are well-known as Ketumalas. The men are black in complexion. They are vigorous and powerful. The women have the lustrous complexion of the petals of a lotus. All of them have pleasing appearances.
Description of Ketumdla - Verse 1
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 44 · Verse 1
Description of Ketumdla Suta said : The natural characteristics of the Bhadrasvas have been narrated precisely. Now Listen to a detailed description of Ketumala. 2
Description of Ketumdla - Verse 4
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 44 · Verse 4
The seven ranges ofKulaparvatas are Visala, Kambala, Krsna, Jayanta, Hariparvata, Asoka and Vardhamana.
Description of Ketumdla - Verse 5
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 44 · Verse 5
There are other hills by hundreds, thousands and erores of other massive and extensive mountains, the offshoots of the seven ranges ofKulaparvatas.
Description of Ketumdla - Verse 6
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 44 · Verse 6
In and near them, there are lands and kingdoms where people of various castes and creeds dwell and which are governed by many rulers.
Description of Ketumdla - Verse 7
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 44 · Verse 7
They are famous on the earth, well-known by their names and valour. They are embellished (as it were) by the praises of their exploits ( sung) by the people of the country they occupy.
Description of Ketumdla - Verse 8
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 44 · Verse 8
Their kingdoms are established on even and uneven lands among mountains. They are known by their own respective and varied names.
Description of Ketumdla - Verse 16
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 44 · Verse 16
These blessed people drink the holy waters of the river Suvapra resorted to by Nagas.
Description of Ketumdla - Verse 24
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 44 · Verse 24
The land is flourishing with various countries. It is beautified by great rivers. It is full of many gems and jewels. It is perpetually rejoicing and splendid.
Description of Ketumdla - Verse 44
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 44 · Verse 44
25—45 .6 2B5
Description of Ketumdla - Verse 9-15
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 44 · Verse 9-15
The nationalities are: 1 Gomanusya, Kopataka, Tatsukhas, Bhramara, Yutha, Maheya, Acalakutaka, Sumaula, Stavaka, Kraunca, Krsnahga, Manipunjaka, Kutakambala, Mausxya, Samudrantaraka, Karambhava, Kuca, Sveta, Suvarnakataka, Subha, Svetanga, Krsnapada, Viha, Kapilakarnika, Atyakarala, Gojvala, Hxnana, Vanapataka, Mahisa, Kumudabha, Karavata, Sahotkaca, Sukanasas, Mahanasa, Vanasa, Gajabhumika, Karanja, Mahjama, Vaha, Kiskindi, Pandubhumika, Kubera, Dhumaja, Janga, Vanga, Rajiva, Kokila, Vacahga, Mahahga, Madhaureya, Surecaka, Pittala, Kacala, Sravana, Mattakasika, Godava, Bakula, Vahga, Vangaka, Modaka and Kala.
Description of Ketumdla - Verse 17-23
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 44 · Verse 17-23
They also drink the waters of the rivers Kambala, TamasI, Syama, Sumedha, Bakula, Vikxrna, Sikhimala, Darbhavati, Bhadra, Sukanadx, Palasa, Bhxma, Prabhafxjana, KancI, Kusavatx, Daksa, Sakavatx, Punyoda, Gandravatx, Sumula, Rsabha, Samudramala, Campavatx, Ekaksa, Puskala, Vaha, Suvarna, Nandinx, Kalindx, Bharat!, Sxtoda, Patika, Brahm! , Visala, PIvarf, Kumbhakarx, Rusa, Mahis!, Manusi and Danda. These are excellent rivers frequented by Devas, Siddhas and sages. Their waters are holy and auspicious and they dispel sins .
Description of Ketumdla - Verse 2-3
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 44 · Verse 2-3
It behoves you to hear in detail the description of the seven principal mountain ranges, countries and rivers in particular, situated in all the quarters to the west of the western lordly mountain Nisadha.
Description of Bharatavarsa - Verse 1
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 45 · Verse 1
Description of Bharatavarsa Samsapdyana said : O holy lord, the two continents in the east and the west have been narrated to us. Now tell us about the people dwelling in the northern and southern continents as well as those on the mountains. Suta said :
Description of Bharatavarsa - Verse 2
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 45 · Verse 2
South of the Sveta mountain and north of the Nila, there is a sub-continent called Ramanaka1 where human beings are born.
Description of Bharatavarsa - Verse 3
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 45 · Verse 3
Animals (thereof) fulfill desires in all seasons. People are free from the stink of old age (They do not become senile or decrepit). They are a good-looking people descended from a noble, fair-complexioned race.
Description of Bharatavarsa - Verse 4
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 45 · Verse 4
There is a great divine JVyagrodha tree (the Indian fig tree) called Rohina. The people subsist on the juice of its fruit.
Description of Bharatavarsa - Verse 5
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 45 · Verse 5
Those excellent people are always delightful and happy. They live for eleven thousand five hundred years.
Description of Bharatavarsa - Verse 6
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 45 · Verse 6
To the north of the Sveta and to the south of the mountain called Srngavan, there is a sub-continent called Hiranyata2 {Hiranvat in A) where a river Hairanyatl (.Hairanvati in A) flows.
Description of Bharatavarsa - Verse 7
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 45 · Verse 7
Very strong and brilliant men are born there who are Sattvic in quality, bestower of desires in all seasons. They are rich and comely in appearance.
Description of Bharatavarsa - Verse 8
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 45 · Verse 8
These people of unlimited splendour live upto twelve thousand five hundred years.
Description of Bharatavarsa - Verse 9
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 45 · Verse 9
In that country there is the great Lakuca tree (Breadfruit tree) yielding six tastes. Men maintain themselves on the juice of its fruits. JO. There the Srngavan mountain has three great and lofty peaks. Out of them one is full (lit. consists) of diamonds, the second, of gold and the third, full of all kinds of precious stones. They are embellished with mansions.
Description of Bharatavarsa - Verse 11
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 45 · Verse 11
On the southern shore of the northern sea is the holy country of the Kurus1 which is resorted to by the Siddhas.
Description of Bharatavarsa - Verse 12
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 45 · Verse 12
The trees there provide sweet fruits and flowers throughout the year. They put forth clothes and ornaments along with fruits.
Description of Bharatavarsa - Verse 13
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 45 · Verse 13
Many are the charming trees that bear fruits desired by all. They exude excellent honey of exquisite taste, colour and fragrance.
Description of Bharatavarsa - Verse 14
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 45 · Verse 14
There fare other charming trees called Ksirin, They always yield milk like nectar yet presenting six types of tastes.
Description of Bharatavarsa - Verse 15
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 45 · Verse 15
The entire ground is full of jewels, even the fine sand being gold which is pleasant to touch. It is auspicious, free from impurities and thorns.
Description of Bharatavarsa - Verse 16
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 45 · Verse 16
Descending from the world of Devas, people are born as auspicious men. They are born in fair complexioned families and have perpetual youth.
Description of Bharatavarsa - Verse 17
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 45 · Verse 17
The charming women give birth to twins who imbibe the nectarinejuice of the Ksirin (milk-yielding) tree.
Description of Bharatavarsa - Verse 18
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 45 · Verse 18
The twins are born simultaneously and grow up together. They are of similar forms, traits and conduct of life. They also die together.
Description of Bharatavarsa - Verse 19
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 45 · Verse 19
Like the couples of Cakravaka birds, they are affectionate to each other. They enjoy life, not knowing disease, sorrow or suffering.
Description of Bharatavarsa - Verse 45
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 45 · Verse 45
20-33 287
Description of Bharatavarsa - Verse 46
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 45 · Verse 46
They never grow old. They have perpetual youth They are fond, affectionate and comely in appearance. Thev live upto many thousand years. y
Description of Bharatavarsa - Verse 47
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 45 · Verse 47
They do not procreate nor do they decline in numbers Pairs are born of the tree unlike each other but befitting each other.
Description of Bharatavarsa - Verse 50
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 45 · Verse 50
They are extremely happy, devoid of all miseries. Being passionately attached, they do not observe (the restrictions of) Dharma. For Dharma grows from misery.
Description of Bharatavarsa - Verse 56
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 45 · Verse 56
The excellent river of many waves, Candravarta flows from this mountain. It is full of pure and holy water, bright like the moon’s rays.
Description of Bharatavarsa - Verse 57
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 45 · Verse 57
There is the excellent abode of the moon, the lord of stars. The moon, the lord of planets, always resides there.
Description of Bharatavarsa - Verse 58
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 45 · Verse 58
There is a famous mountain known by the name of the moon. The great land called Candradvlpa is famous both in this world as well as in heaven.
Description of Bharatavarsa - Verse 59
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 45 · Verse 59
All the people here shine like the moon. They resemble the moon, with their faces shining like the moon. They are free from dirt and consider the moon their deity.
Description of Bharatavarsa - Verse 60
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 45 · Verse 60
The people there, are very virtuous, gentle, truthful and brilliant. Their conduct is good and their span of life extends to a thousand years.
Description of Bharatavarsa - Verse 63
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 45 · Verse 63
The place is rich and abounds in foodgrains. It is ruled over by many kings. It is joyous, prosperous and beautiful on account of the great mountains.
Description of Bharatavarsa - Verse 64
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 45 · Verse 64
There is a very splendid seat of Vayu there, embellished with various jewels. There, the embodied form of Vayu is worshipped always on Pawan days.
Description of Bharatavarsa - Verse 67
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 45 · Verse 67
These are the natural characteristics of the countries in Bharata as seen by the knowers of the supreme truth. What else shall I narrate to you ?
Description of Bharatavarsa - Verse 68
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 45 · Verse 68
When this was said by the intelligent son of Suta, the sages eager to listen to the sequal asked him thereafter. The Sages said :
Description of Bharatavarsa - Verse 72
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 45 · Verse 72
The natural traits of the Kurus have been precisely recounted. Now I shall mention the features of Bharata. 1 Understand them.
Description of Bharatavarsa - Verse 75
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 45 · Verse 75
With its diverse features giving rise to auspicious and inauspicious results, this sub-continent is in the middle to the north of the ocean and to the south of Himavat.
Description of Bharatavarsa - Verse 76
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 45 · Verse 76
Since the country (Var$a) Is called Bharata the people are Bharatxs. Since Manu ruled over the people, he is called Bharata. 2 Etymoligically derived thus the Varsa (country) Is called Bharata.
Description of Bharatavarsa - Verse 77
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 45 · Verse 77
It is from here alone that one goes to heaven or attains salvation. 3 The middle course— heaven as well as the end, the final emancipation —is attained from here. Rituals for human beings are not ordained anywhere else on earth,
Description of Bharatavarsa - Verse 78
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 45 · Verse 78
There are stated to be nine divisions of this Bharata Varsa.4 Being separated by oceans, they are mutually inaccessible.
Description of Bharatavarsa - Verse 82
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 45 · Verse 82
On the eas&S boundary are Kiratas and Yavanas at ' • ' $ %: , .7 the western boundary^ i||
Description of Bharatavarsa - Verse 83
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 45 · Verse 83
Within it dwell Brahmanas, Ksattriyas and Vaisyas attending to saerift^^|i|’and trade respectively. The Sudras live in different par^y
Description of Bharatavarsa - Verse 84
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 45 · Verse 84
There are nputual dealings among these based on virtue, wealth and love- The different castes are engaged in their own functions.
Description of Bharatavarsa - Verse 85
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 45 · Verse 85
People perform the duties of the five stages of life, the fifth being that of Sankalpa. They possess the human tendency to endeavour to attain heaven and salvation.
Description of Bharatavarsa - Verse 86
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 45 · Verse 86
He who conquers this ninth Dvipa entirely* along with the countries extending sideways, is declared an emperor ( Samrat) .
Description of Bharatavarsa - Verse 87
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 45 · Verse 87
He who conquers this world is remembered as Samrat, the conquerer of Antariksa as Virdt, while the conquerer of the other world is called Sv&T&t' X shall explain this later on.
Description of Bharatavarsa - Verse 88
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 45 · Verse 88
There are seven great mountain systems with excellent knot-like ridges in this Varsa. They are Mahendra, Malaya, Putra resion fM.Ali) . These are mere speculations of scholars. After discussing the regional classification (AGP 126-132), M.Ali comes to the following c onclusion : Indradvipa= the trans-Brahmaputra region. Kaseru= The coastal plain between the deltas of Godavari and Mahanadi. Tamravarna— The sector of Indian Peninsula south of Kaveri. Gabhastiman= The hilly belt between Narmada and Godavari. Saumya— The coastal belt west of Indus. Gandharva= The trans-Indus region. Varuna= The western coast of India.
Description of Bharatavarsa - Verse 89
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 45 · Verse 89
There are other thousands of mountains adjacent to these. They are endowed with all qualities, and have broad and variegated summits.
Description of Bharatavarsa - Verse 93
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 45 · Verse 93
There are other smaller mountains with thin population. The land strips between them have a mixed population consisting of Aryas and Mlecchas.
Description of Bharatavarsa - Verse 104
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 45 · Verse 104
The rivers of the southern land rising from the slopes of Sahya mountains are the Godavari, Bhimarathi, KrsnavainL Vanjula, Tungabhadra, Suprayoga and Kaveri.
Description of Bharatavarsa - Verse 105
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 45 · Verse 105
The rivers issuing from the Malaya mountains1 are Krtamala, Tamravarna, Puspajatl and Utpalavatl. All of them are very splendid. Their waters are very cool.
Description of Bharatavarsa - Verse 106
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 45 · Verse 106
The rivers originating from Mahendra mountains2 are Trisama, Rtukulya, Xksula, Tridiva, Languliru and Vamsadhara.
Description of Bharatavarsa - Verse 107
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 45 · Verse 107
The rivers issuing from the mountain Suktiman3 are Rsika, Sukumari, Mandaga, Mandavahini, Kupa and Palasinl.
Description of Bharatavarsa - Verse 108
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 45 · Verse 108
All of them are sacred like Sarasvati. All of them flowing into theseaare (holy like) Ganga. These are the mothers of the world and are declared as removers of the sins of the world . Tapi (Tapti or Tapi), Payosni ( Pain-ganga—De, p. 150), Nirvindhya between Ujjain and Vetravati (in Meghaduta) (mod. Newuj), Nisadha (Sind, on this Narwar, the capital of Nisadhas was located). Venya ; ( Van-ganga), Vaitaranl (Baitarani), Kumudvati (Suvarnarekha), Toya (Brahmani), Mahagauri (Damodara). Durgd (difficult to cross) and anta-tila (full of rocks) are probably the adjectives of that wild river—AGP 120-121. Most of the rivers are known by their old names with a few modifications such as Bhimarathi (Bhlma), Krsna-vaini (also in inscriptions for mod. Krsna), Vangula (Manjira), Suprayoga (Vedavatl).
Description of Bharatavarsa - Verse 112
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 45 · Verse 112
Now along the northern half of Sahya mountains where the river Godavari flows is the most delightful region within the whole of this earth.
Description of Bharatavarsa - Verse 120
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 45 · Verse 120
Apagas, Alimadras, Tomaras, Hamsamargas, Kasmlras and Tanganas are the tribes of Kiratas.
Description of Bharatavarsa - Verse 121
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 45 · Verse 121
These along with Culikas, Ahukas and Purnadarvas are the northern peoples. Now hear from me the people in the East.
Description of Bharatavarsa - Verse 124-131
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 45 · Verse 124-131
Now the other people who dwell in the southern region1 are: Pandyas, Keralas, Gaulyas (Colas) , Kulyas, Setukas, Antargiri = R ajmaha] hills in Santhal Pargana, Bengal (De 8). But Sircar locates Antargiri and B ahirgiri towards the north of Assam. Vahgeyas= Bengal proper—the deltaic triangle between BhagirathiHooghly ( the main outlet of Ganga in ancient times) and Padma (AGP 151). Maladas—A Part of the district of Shahabad—the site of Visvamitra’s Asrama in Buxar (De, 100) ; Maida district of Bengal, Raj ashahi and West Dinajpur of Bengal (AGP, p. 151). The Bhargavas= Probably the same as Bhargava-Angaya (in AGP, p. 152) i.e. the Yamuna-Meghna Doab. The Pragjyotisas— Kamarupa Dist. in Assam. The Mundas = Chhota Nagpur, especially the Ranchi district (De, p. 134). The Videhas =Tirhut country between the Kosi and the Gandak to the north of the Ganga (De, p. 35). The Tamraliptakas—Tamluk in Midnapur district including Kontai (De, p.203) (AGP, p. 152). The Malas (The Mallas in Bd.P.)—The country round the Parasnath Hills (Part of Hazaribagh and Manbhum Districts ) . The Mallas were at Pavaand Kusinagara at the time of the Buddha (De, p, 123). The Magadhas ^ South Bihar. The Govindas or Gonarda (in Bd.P., Mt.P.)== De (p. 71 ) identifies it with Gonda in Oudh. 1* The following identifications are based on De, (page no. indicated in notes) and Sircar (GAMI). The Papdyas—Modem districts of Tinnevelly and Madura in Tamil Nadu (p. 147). The Caulas ( Colas ) == The Coromandal coast to the south of the Pennar including Tanj or ( p . 151). The Setukas=People of Setubandha, Rameshwar (Sircar p. 38). The Musikas— Travancore on the Malbar coast (p. 134). But Sircar (p. 36) suggests people living on the Muri river (in Nellore and Guntur dists., A.P.) The Vanava sikas= Banwasi in North Kanara Dist. Karnatak ( CGEIL p. 79). The Kingdom of the ancient Kadamba dynasties. The Maharastras— Roughly identified with Marathi speaking people. The Mahisakas— Southern Mysore (p. 120 ), also Sircar (p. 39). The Kalingas= South Orissa (Puri and Ganjam Districts ) —Sircar ( p. 39).
Description of Bharatavarsa - Verse 61-62
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 45 · Verse 61-62
To the west of this western continent is the land called Bhadrakara four thousand Yojanas from the ocean. It is a circular zone ten thousand Yojanas in diameter. It looks splendid with different kinds of flowers.
Description of Bharatavarsa - Verse 65-66
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 45 · Verse 65-66
The people living there have golden complexion. They are bedecked in gold. They are as refulgent as the immortal Devas. Their garments and garlands are of variegated colour. They are blessed, vigorous, joyous and truthful. They live up to five hundred years. They consider Vayu their deity. Suta said :
Description of Bharatavarsa - Verse 53-55
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 45 · Verse 53-55
It extends to one thousand Yojanas in area and is full of fruits and flowers. It is fertile and flourishing. It is one hundred Yojanas in breadth and so much in height. There is an excellent mountain Kumudaprabha in its centre, inhabited by Siddhas and Caranas. It has various gems equal in lustre to the moon. These have all good traits and shine in their lnna r shape. There are lilies of diverse colours, parks and gardens of variegated hues. There are many rivulets and caves. It is decorated with great ridges, precipices, crevasses and bushy hedges.
Description of Bharatavarsa - Verse 51-52
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 45 · Verse 51-52
To the southern side of Northern Kurus, there is the famous country called Candradvlpa1 shaped like’ the disc of the moon. It is at a distance of five thousand Yojanas beyond the region of gods. (Being a seaside land) it is ever decorated with garlands of sea waves and is resonant with many sounds.
Description of Bharatavarsa - Verse 90-92
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 45 · Verse 90-92
The chief of them2 are the excellent mountain Mandara, Vaihara, Dardura, Kolahala, Surasa, Mainaka, Vaidyuta, Patandhama, Pandura, Gantuprastha, Krsnagiri, Godliana, Puspagiri, Ujjayanta, Raivataka, Sriparvata, Kara and Kutasaila.
Description of Bharatavarsa - Verse 94-96
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 45 · Verse 94-96
The rivers rising from the foot of Himavat,3 of which those people drink the water are : Ganga, Sindhu* Sarasvatl, Satadru, Candrabhaga, Yamuna, Sarayu, Iravati, Vitasta, Vipasa, Devika, Kuhu, Gomati, Dhutapapa, Bahuda, Dysadvati, Kausiki, Trtiya, Niscira, Gandaki, Iksu and Lohita.
Description of Bharatavarsa - Verse 48-49
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 45 · Verse 48-49
The riches are common to all. They do not have the sense of possession. There is no virtue, no vice, no sickness, no old age, no mental confusion, no feeling of exhaustion. On completing their full length of time, they disappear like bubbles of water.
Description of Bharatavarsa - Verse 69-71
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 45 · Verse 69-71
O excellent one, it is in this Bharata country that the fourteen Manus, Svayambhuva and others, are born at the time of the creation of subjects. We wish to know this further. Please narrate. On hearing their words Suta Lomaharsana, well-versed in the Puranas and of pious mind, described this in detail to the
Description of Bharatavarsa - Verse 109-111
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 45 · Verse 109-111
The branches and tributaries of these rivers are hundreds and thousands. The countries in Central Region (Madhyadesa) 1 are chiefly Kurupancalas, Salvas, Jangalas, Surasenas, Bhadrakaras, Bodhas, Satapathesvaras, Vatsas, Kisasnas, Kulyas, Kuntalas, Kasikosalas, Tilahgas in the borderland, Magadhas and Vrkas.
Description of Bharatavarsa - Verse 97-98
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 45 · Verse 97-98
The rivers issuing from Pariyatra1 are: Vedasmrti, Vadavati, Vrtraghni, Sindhu, Varnasa, Candana, Satlra, Mahatl, Para, Carmanvati, Vidisa, Vetravatl, Sipra and AvantL
Description of Bharatavarsa - Verse 73-74
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 45 · Verse 73-74
O excellent Brahmanas, in the sacred centre to the south of the southern mountain Himavat, extending from east t west is the Bharata sub-continent. It behoves you to listen now to the details of the countries in the Bharata Varsa and of the people there.
Description of Bharatavarsa - Verse 79-81
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 45 · Verse 79-81
Th.ey J|ij^viPa’ Kaseru ’ Tamravarna, Gabhastiman, Nagadvjpa ojujnya, Gandharva and Varuna, This Bharata, the ninthj them’ is surrounded by the sea* From _ south to north it extends to a thousand Yojanas, from Kumar! to the source of Gauga. Sideways in the north it extends to nine thousand Yojanas. f v v r
Description of Bharatavarsa - Verse 135-137
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 45 · Verse 135-137
Now I shall mention mountainous territories.1 These are : Nigarharas, Hamsamargas, Ksupanas, Tanganas, Khasas, Kusapravaranas, Hunas, Darvas, Hudakas, Trigartas, Malavas, Kiratas and Tamasas. The learned know of four ages in this Bharata, viz. Krta, Treta, Dvapara and Kali. I shall explain their natural features later. The Tosalas = The southern part of Kosala or Gorxdwan District around Tosali ( mod. Dhanti ) in Puri District (De, p. 43). The Kosalas =* Sircar identifies this with Daksina (Southern) Kosala — modern Raipur, Bilaspur and Sambalpur region (p. 43). The Traipuras == The region around Tewar. This covers present Jabalpur, parts of Mandla and Narasimhapur Districts. The Vaidikas== A misprint for Vaidisas: Eastern Malwa with Vidisa or Bhilasa as the capital (p. 43). The Tumuras= Modem Turman in Guna Dist., M.P.—(Sircar, p. 44). The Nisadhas=Marwar with Narwar as its capital (ibid). The Anupas= South Malwa country about Nimar (De, p. 8). The Tundikeras==The Narmada basin around the town Sainkheda (AGP 161). The Vitihotras^—The country around Satwar 30 miles north-west of Harda. It is bounded on the north-east and west by the Vindhyas and by the Narmada in the south. The Avantis— The country around Ujjain.
Description of Bharatavarsa - Verse 113-114
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 45 · Verse 113-114
There is a heavenly city named Govardhana. 2 It was built by the king of Devas for Rama’s spouse. Trees and herbs were planted by the sage Bharadvaja for the sake of Rama’s spouse. He made this delightful wooded tract the private part of the palace.
Description of Bharatavarsa - Verse 132-134
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 45 · Verse 132-134
Malavas, Karusas, Mekalas, Utkalas, Uttamarnas Dasarnas, Bhojas, Kiskindhakas, Tosalas, Kosalas, Traipuras, Vaidikas, Tumuras, Tumburas, Satsuras, Nisadhas, Anupas, Tundikeras, Vitihotras, Avantis. These are the kingdoms on the Vindhya mountains.
Description of Bharatavarsa - Verse 122-123
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 45 · Verse 122-123
People in the east : 3 Andhravakas, Sujarakas, (2) The Vadhadhanas (Vatadhanas)==Prob. Waziristan. Butin Sircar (p. 32) the Panjab-Rajastan region. (3) The Abhiras= South of Sauvira but east of the Indus= Western part of Hyderabad dist., Sind. (4) The Kalatoya kas= Residents of Kaiat region in Baluchistan. (5) The Pahlavas— The region adjoining theHingol valley on the Parikan river. They included Vaisyas and Sudras as well. (.6) The Carmakhandikas= At the mouth of the river Hab and the Ghurma island. (7) The Gandharas= Kandahar-lower Kabul valley. (8) The Yavanas==Ionians. Greeks. ( 9-10) The Sindhus and Sauviras= Though usually linked together, they are different regions. Sauvira coincides with Rohri-Khairpur region of Sind and the remaining portion is Sindhus. (11) The Sakas== Scythians. (12) The Ku( Pu)lindas= Kunets of Kulu. But formerly they extended to Saharanpur and Ambala (Sircar, 33). (13) The Kekayas— People of the country between the Beas and the Sutlej. (14) The Kambojas— People from Kafirstan who colonised the Kunar basin. (15) The Daradas =The same ancient tribe living in the valley of the Kisenganga in Kashmir. (16) The Barbaras^ People migrated from Barbary or North Africa. (17) The Tusaras =Tokharians in N. Afghanistan, but people on the Tochi according to AGP 142. (18) The Lampakas=Lamghans associated with upper Kabul.
Description of Bharatavarsa - Verse 115-119
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 45 · Verse 115-119
The colonies of Ksattriyas3 are Vahlikas, Vadhadhanas, Abhiras, Kalatoyakas, Aparitas, Sudras, Pahlavas,
Description of Bharatavarsa - Verse 99-101
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 45 · Verse 99-101
The rivers originating from Rksaada and having crystal- cl ear water are : The great Nada Sona, Narmada, Sumahadruma, Mandakini, Dasarna, Gitrakuta, Tamasa, Pippala, SronI, Karatoya, Pisacika, Nilotpala, Vipasa, Jambula, Valuvahinl, Siteraja, Suktimatl, Makruna, and Tridiva.
Description of Bharatavarsa - Verse 102-103
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 45 · Verse 102-103
The auspicious rivers of holy waters issuing from the slopes of the Vindhya mountains2 are: Tapi, Payosnl, Nirvindhya, Madra, Nisadha, Venya, Vaitarani, Sitibahu, Kumudvati, Toya, Mahagauri, Durga and Antasila. Satadru (Sutlej), Candrabhaga (Chenab), Iravatl ( Ravi ) , Vitasta (Jhelum), Vipasa (Beas), Devika (Deeg, a tributary of Ravi), Kubu (Kabul), Dhutapapa ( Sarada, with its headstrearns ) , Bahuda (Rapti), Drsadvati (Chitang, a tributary of Ghaggar ) , Kausiki (Kosi with its three headwaters), Lohita ( Brahmaputra ) .
Description of Kimpurusa Varsa - Verse 1
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 46 · Verse 1
Description of Kimpurusa Varsa Suta said : On hearing this and desirous of hearing further, the delighted sages asked Lomaharsana: The Sages said :
Description of Kimpurusa Varsa - Verse 4
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 46 · Verse 4
Please listen, O Brahmanas, to what you are pleased to hear. In the Kimpurusa country, there is a big grove of Plaksa trees comparable to the Nandana forest.
Description of Kimpurusa Varsa - Verse 5
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 46 · Verse 5
The span of life in the Kimpurusa land is said to be ten thousand years. The men are gold-complexioned and the women resemble Apsaras-s.
Description of Kimpurusa Varsa - Verse 6
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 46 · Verse 6
They do not suffer from ailments ; they are devoid of sorrows ; they are pure in mind ; they possess the lustre of molten gold.
Description of Kimpurusa Varsa - Verse 7
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 46 · Verse 7
In this holy country Kimpurusa, there is a fig tree exuding honey. All the inhabitants of Kimpurusa Varsa drink its excellent juice.
Description of Kimpurusa Varsa - Verse 8
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 46 · Verse 8
Adjoining Kimpurusa, there is Harivarsa where the people are yellow as gold in complexion.
Description of Kimpurusa Varsa - Verse 9
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 46 · Verse 9
All the people there are descended from Devaloka and have divine forms. In Harivarsa, all people quaff the splendid juice of sugarcane.
Description of Kimpurusa Varsa - Verse 10
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 46 · Verse 10
They live joyously upto eleven thousand years. They remain delighted in their minds. Old age does not afflict them, nor do the people get decrepit or senile.
Description of Kimpurusa Varsa - Verse 11
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 46 · Verse 11
In the central sub-continent Ilavrta1 which I have mentioned before, the sun does not blaze fiercely and men do not get aged (pre-maturely).
Description of Kimpurusa Varsa - Verse 12
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 46 · Verse 12
In Ilavrta the moon, the sun and the stars are dim. Men have the colour, lustre and fragrance of the lotus flower. Their eyes are as wide as the lotus leaf.
Description of Kimpurusa Varsa - Verse 13
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 46 · Verse 13
They feed on the juice of Jambu fruit. They neither grow aged nor decay. They have fragrance. They are cultured and polished. They enjoy pleasures as the fruit of their auspicious rites.
Description of Kimpurusa Varsa - Verse 14
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 46 · Verse 14
They are fallen from Devaloka. They are non-senile and deathless. These excellent men live for thirteen thousand years.
Description of Kimpurusa Varsa - Verse 17
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 46 · Verse 17
Nine thousand Yojanas to the west of Meru lies the mountain Gandhamadana, thirtyfour thousand Yojanas long.
Description of Kimpurusa Varsa - Verse 18
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 46 · Verse 18
To the north and south, it stretches upto Nila and Nisadha mountains. Its height is forty thousand Yojanas. It penetrated downwards to a thousand Yojanas.
Description of Kimpurusa Varsa - Verse 19
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 46 · Verse 19
The mountain Malyavan lies in the east. Its magnitude has already been mentioned. It is to the south of Nila and to the north of Nisadha. The great mountain Meru of extensive magnitude lies in the centre of these mountains, which seem to penetrate it.
Description of Kimpurusa Varsa - Verse 23
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 46 · Verse 23
A river of Jambu juice resembling liquified collyrium flows from the south of Meru to the north of Nisadha.
Description of Kimpurusa Varsa - Verse 27
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 46 · Verse 27
When the fruits fall on the ground, they make a loud noise. The juice of the Jambu fruits develops into a flowing river.
Description of Kimpurusa Varsa - Verse 28
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 46 · Verse 28
The river passes around IVIeru and then enters Jcithbu mula and the people there drink of it. They are delighted and surrounded by the tasty Jambu fruits.
Description of Kimpurusa Varsa - Verse 29
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 46 · Verse 29
Imbibing the juice they conquer old age. Certainly they never fall sick or die.
Description of Kimpurusa Varsa - Verse 30
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 46 · Verse 30
The gold called Jambunada which Devas wear as ornaments is found there. It appears as splendid as the glowworm.
Description of Kimpurusa Varsa - Verse 31
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 46 · Verse 31
The splendid juice of the fruits of all Varsa-trees (Jambu) strengthens the people (of the continent). It is the gold that is used for ornaments of Devas.
Description of Kimpurusa Varsa - Verse 32
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 46 · Verse 32
Their excretions (faeces and urine) are scattered all round. Thanks to the blessings of the Lord, the earth absorbs the refuge and the dead bodies.
Description of Kimpurusa Varsa - Verse 33
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 46 · Verse 33
The Raksasas, Pisacas and Yaksas reside on Himavat. The Gandharvas and Apsaras-s live on mountain Hemakuta.
Description of Kimpurusa Varsa - Verse 34
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 46 · Verse 34
The Nagas including Sesa, Vasuki and Taksaka live on Nisadha. The thirty three groups of Devas, the Yajnikas, wander over the great Mem. On the Nila, full of lapis lazuli, Siddhas and Brahmarsis live.
Description of Kimpurusa Varsa - Verse 35
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 46 · Verse 35
The mountain Sveta is the abode of Daityas and Danavas. The mountain Sfngavan is the place which the Pitys frequent,
Description of Kimpurusa Varsa - Verse 36
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 46 · Verse 36
Thus the mobile and immboile beings have settled in the nine continents in their respective places.
Description of Kimpurusa Varsa - Verse 37
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 46 · Verse 37
The population of Devas and human beings is too enormous to be enumerated. It should be accepted with faith by those who wish to know it (by experience). 304 Vayut Purina
Description of Kimpurusa Varsa - Verse 20-22
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 46 · Verse 20-22
Its extent is hundred thousand Yojanas since the ocean is circular and since it sanctifies the zone of the earth. Measurements are reduced in rectangular areas when they are undemarcated. Coming to the middle they split (?)
Description of Kimpurusa Varsa - Verse 2-3
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 46 · Verse 2-3
The sub-continent of Bharata has been described by you. Now describe the Kimpurusa1 and Hari Varsas.2 Thus requested by the Brahmanas, Lomaharsana replied suitably this question as follows (lit. in the manner indicated in this Purana) . Suta said :
Description of Kimpurusa Varsa - Verse 24-26
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 46 · Verse 24-26
There is an everlasting Jambu tree called Sudarsana. It blooms and bears fruits perpetually. It is resorted to by Siddhas and Caranas. It is the biggest tree in Jambudvlpa, a hundred thousand Yojanas high. This lordly tree touches heaven. The length of the fruit is eight hundred and sixty one Aratnis. This is determined by sages who know the truth.
Description of Kimpurusa Varsa - Verse 15-16
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 46 · Verse 15-16
In the sub-continent Ilavrta, they live the full span of life. The sub-continent is twenty six thousand Yojanas in length and nine thousand Yojanas in breadth around Mem. It is fashioned like a saucer.
Descent of the Ganga - Verse 1
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 47 · Verse 1
Descent of the Ganga Suta said: The mountain Kailasa1 is on the left of Himavat. Here lives the prosperous Kubera along with the Raksasas. The ruler of Alaka rejoices in the company of Apsaras-s.
Descent of the Ganga - Verse 6
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 47 · Verse 6
From that lake rises the divine river Acchoda. On its banks there is a great, sacred forest Caitraratha.
Descent of the Ganga - Verse 7
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 47 · Verse 7
Manibhadra, a general of Yaksas, lives on that mountain along with his attendants. He is surrounded by his retinue of fierce Guhyakas.
Descent of the Ganga - Verse 8
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 47 · Verse 8
The holy river Mandakini and the river Acchoda flow into the great ocean through this zone of the earth.
Descent of the Ganga - Verse 47
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 47 · Verse 47
12-21 305 ( river) called Lauhitya. 1 On its bank there is a great divine forest of gods, called Visoka.
Descent of the Ganga - Verse 50
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 47 · Verse 50
Obstructed by the Vindhya mountain, it falls into the southern sea. The holy river Ahladini (one of its eastern branches) flows to the east.
Descent of the Ganga - Verse 59
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 47 · Verse 59
The branches and tributaries of these rivers are
Descent of the Ganga - Verse 60
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 47 · Verse 60
On the banks of the river Vasvokasa, on the peak Harisrnga famous for its fragrant waters, lives the scholar Kauberaka of self-control.
Descent of the Ganga - Verse 61
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 47 · Verse 61
Yajnopeta, Sumahan, Amitaujas and Suvikrama are his attendants. They are on par with him. Kauberaka is surrounded by scholarly Brahma-raksasas of the family of Agastya.
Descent of the Ganga - Verse 62
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 47 · Verse 62
The prosperity of the inhabitants of mountains should be known thus. Through mutual cooperation their prosperity arising from Dharma (Virtue) , Artha (Wealth) and Kama (Love ) becomes doubled.
Descent of the Ganga - Verse 63
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 47 · Verse 63
Behind Hemakuta there is the lake Sayana.1 The rivers Manasvinx and Jyotismatl emerge from this lake.
Descent of the Ganga - Verse 64
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 47 · Verse 64
They flow into the eastern and western oceans respectively. On the excellent mountain Nisadha is the lake Visnupada. 2
Descent of the Ganga - Verse 65
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 47 · Verse 65
The two rivers, GandharvI and Nanvali rise from it. There is a great eddy called Candraprabha rising to the west of Meru.
Descent of the Ganga - Verse 66
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 47 · Verse 66
The holy river of Jarhbu juice, the source of the splendid gold (called Jambunada) flows from here. The lake Payoda,3 as splendid as the white lotus, is on the mount Nila.
Descent of the Ganga - Verse 67
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 47 · Verse 67
It is from this lake that the rivers Pundarika and* * Payoda have their source. The holy lake Uttara-manasa rises from mount Sveta.
Descent of the Ganga - Verse 70
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 47 · Verse 70
There are twelve famous lakes full of lotuses, fishes and birds. They are named as Rudrajayas and they are (big) like seas.
Descent of the Ganga - Verse 71
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 47 · Verse 71
From these lakes there emerge the rivers Santa and Madhvl. There is no rainfall in the Kimpuru sa continent.
Descent of the Ganga - Verse 74
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 47 · Verse 74
The mountains Somaka, Varaha and Narada extend to the west upto the briny sea.
Descent of the Ganga - Verse 72-73
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 47 · Verse 72-73
Excellent rivers flow here with waters from the subterranean regions. These blessed rivers flow through the mountains Rsabha, Dundubhi, Dhumra and Mahagiri, to the east and fall into the briny sea. Others flow to the north over the mountains Candrakahka, Prana, Mahan and Agni and merge into the great ocean.
Descent of the Ganga - Verse 9-11
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 47 · Verse 9-11
South-east of Kailasa, there is the great mountain Lohita. It is brilliant like the sun and has peaks of gold. It is adjacent to the heavenly mountain Pisanga that abounds in red arsenic. It is full of auspicious animals and medicinal herbs. At the foot of the mountain (Lohita) , there is a great divine lake called Lohita, from which flows the great auspicious water
Descent of the Ganga - Verse 79-80
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 47 · Verse 79-80
These countries become more and more flourishing in respect of good qualities, health, longevity and magnitude based on virtue, love and wealth. Different kinds and castes of people and other living beings endowed with good qualities live in the different countries. Thus the Earth holds the entire universe.
Descent of the Ganga - Verse 4-5
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 47 · Verse 4-5
To the north-east of Kailasa, there is a mountain called Candraprabha near mount Suvarna which abounds in celestial animals, medicinal herbs and minerals for the use of Devas. The mountain Candraprabha3 is like a pure jewel. There is a divine lake Acchoda at its foot.
Descent of the Ganga - Verse 2-3
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 47 · Verse 2-3
Splendid, auspicious, cool water flows from the foot of Kailasa into a lake called Manda. It is full of lilies and is sparkling like autumnal clouds. From that (lake) proceeds the auspicious, heavenly river Mandakini. 2 On its bank stands a great celestial forest called Nandana.
Descent of the Ganga - Verse 51-55
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 47 · Verse 51-55
It inundates the habitations ofthe Nisadas, Dhivaras, RJikas, Nllamukhas, Keralas, Ustrakarnas, Kiratas, Kalodaras, Vivarnas. Then it vanishes into the expanse of the sea towards the east. The branch Pavani also flows to the east sanctifying Apathas, Indradyumna lake, Kharapathas, Indrasankupathas, the middle of the garden Maskara and Kuthapravarana. Near Indradvipa, it enters the salt ocean. 56-58, The branch Nalini flows to the east sanctifying the Tomaras, Hamsamargas and Huhukas. Rising in the eastern lands and piercing through mountains in several places, it reaches Karnapravaranas and Asvamukhas. After passing through the desert mountains, it reaches Vidyadharas. It flows into the great ocean at the Nemimandala Kostha.
Descent of the Ganga - Verse 68-69
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 47 · Verse 68-69
The two rivers Jyotsna and Mrgakanta rise from this (lake) . The holy lake known as Rudrakanta is4 full of with Pangong Tso forms an extensive water sheet—AGP 71.
Descent of the Ganga - Verse 77-78
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 47 · Verse 77-78
The twelve mountains entered the ocean because they feared Mahendra who would have cut off their wings. What is seen reflected in the form of a black hare on the white (orb of the) moon is the replica of Bharatavarsa divided into nine regions. It is seen in the moon that rises here and not elsewhere.
Descent of the Ganga - Verse 75-76
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 47 · Verse 75-76
The great mountains Cakra, Balahakaand Mainaka extend to the southern ocean. In between Gandra and Mainaka, to the south, there is the great fire Samvartaka which consumes the waters of the ocean. It is known as Aurva and Vadavamukha.
Countries of the Jambudvipa - Verse 8
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 48 · Verse 8
The subjects thereof have long beards and moustache. They are black and shining like clouds. They have the maximum life span of eighty years.
Countries of the Jambudvipa - Verse 9
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 48 · Verse 9
They eat fruits and roots and live like monkeys. Like, cattle, they follow promiscuous, unconcealed sexual habits. They are devoid of bodily and mental purity and they have no fixed rules or conventions.
Countries of the Jambudvipa - Verse 10
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 48 · Verse 10
That continent is full of worthless men. Similarly other countries and islets shall be known in due order. I I-
Countries of the Jambudvipa - Verse 14
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 48 · Verse 14
The groups of islands known as Peacock islands are extending to twenty, thirty, fifty, sixty, eighty and hundred Yojanas. There are a few, extending to a thousand Yojanas. They are long, wide and full of various living beings. Besides Jambu-dvipa there are six islands. These islands are famous all over the earth for their mines of gems and precious stones. They are known as Anga, Yama, Malaya, Sahkha, Kusa and Varaha2 islands.
Countries of the Jambudvipa - Verse 15
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 48 · Verse 15
Know ye that the Anga Dvipa1 comprises islands, and many people of the Mleccha tribes live there. That continent is very large.
Countries of the Jambudvipa - Verse 16
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 48 · Verse 16
There are mines of gems, corals and gold in that land here. It is variegated with rivers, mountains and forests. It resembles the vast expanse of th e briny sea.
Countries of the Jambudvipa - Verse 19
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 48 · Verse 19
What is called Yamadvipa2 is also full of mines of gems. There is a mountain called Dyutiman, embellished with minerals and is the source of many rivers and gold (mines) .
Countries of the Jambudvipa - Verse 22
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 48 · Verse 22
The glorious mountain Malaya is the source of origin of silver. This excellent moutain is famous as Mahamalaya.
Countries of the Jambudvipa - Verse 23
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 48 · Verse 23
It is known as the second Mandara mountain. The abode of Agastya, bowed to by Devas and Asuras, is also there.
Countries of the Jambudvipa - Verse 29
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 48 · Verse 29
It is the abode of noble Raksasas who can assume various forms as they please. Know that to be the habitation of the enemies of Devas, proud of their strength. Free from all harassments, this city is inaccessible to human beings.
Countries of the Jambudvipa - Verse 30
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 48 · Verse 30
In that island, on the eastern shore of the sea there is Gokarna, the great shrine of Sankara.
Countries of the Jambudvipa - Verse 31
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 48 · Verse 31
Sankhadvipa1 is ruled as a single kingdom extending to a hundred Yojanas. It is the abode of many Mleccha tribes.
Countries of the Jambudvipa - Verse 32
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 48 · Verse 32
The mountain Sankhagiri has the lustre ofwhite conchshell. It is sacred and is the source of many gems. It is resorted to by pious persons.
Countries of the Jambudvipa - Verse 33
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 48 · Verse 33
From this mountain rises the holy river Sankhanaga. Sahkhamukha, king of Nagas, has his abode there.
Countries of the Jambudvipa - Verse 34
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 48 · Verse 34
Similarly, the Kumudadvlp a 2 is brightened by variegated flowers. Full of many villages, it is the source of many gems and jewels.
Countries of the Jambudvipa - Verse 35
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 48 · Verse 35
There the blessed sister of Mahadeva, named Kumuda, the destroyer of evil persons, is worshipped by the people.
Countries of the Jambudvipa - Verse 39
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 48 · Verse 39
A great river known as Varahi emerges from that mountain. Its waters are tasty. There are holy centres on its banks. This river is bestower of bliss.
Countries of the Jambudvipa - Verse 40
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 48 · Verse 40
O Brahmana, the people bow to Visnu the powerful deity in the form of a Boar. They do not honour any other god.
Countries of the Jambudvipa - Verse 41
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 48 · Verse 41
Thus the six southern islands of the Bharata country have been described in detail.
Countries of the Jambudvipa - Verse 42
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 48 · Verse 42
In this single Bharata there are many islands separated by the ocean. They have been divided into various parts.
Countries of the Jambudvipa - Verse 43
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 48 · Verse 43
• Thus have been described in details the four great continents adorned with islands interspersed in between as well as Jambudvipa together with its adjacent islands.
Countries of the Jambudvipa - Verse 20-21
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 48 · Verse 20-21
Similarly, the Malaya Dvipa3 is also surrounded by the ocean. It is the source of gems, jewels and gold. It is very prosperous. It is the place of origin of sandalwood and is surrounded by gulfs {lit. seas ) . Many kinds of Mleccha tribes live there. There are many rivers and mountains.
Countries of the Jambudvipa - Verse 26-28
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 48 · Verse 26-28
There is a great city Lanka on the beautiful ridge and peak of the mountain Trikuta decorated with different
Countries of the Jambudvipa - Verse 17-18
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 48 · Verse 17-18
There is a mountain called Cakragiri full of many rivulets and caves. The caves afford shelter to various living beings. That great mountain spreads on to many places in the Naga land with its extremities reaching the lord of rivers, the abode of serpents (ocean).
Countries of the Jambudvipa - Verse 24-25
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 48 · Verse 24-25
There is another mountain Kaiicanapada which is a second Malaya. There are many hermitages there, resorted to by pious persons and full of hedges of grass and Soma plants. It abounds in flowers and fruits of all kinds. It excels even the heaven. On festive occasions, on all Parvan days, heaven descends to that place.
Countries of the Jambudvipa - Verse 5-7
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 48 · Verse 5-7
Countries of the Jambudvipa Suta said : I-4. Know that there is an ocean ten thousand Yojanas in extent to the south of Bharata. There is a country in it three thousand Yojanas long and one-third of it in breadth. It abounds in fruits and flowers. The regional mountain (Kula- parvata) thereof is Vidyutvan,1 the innumerable peaks of which embellish the land. There are thousands of rivers there, with clean and tasty water. The lakes contain pure water. In the many long and wide caves, and crevasses of that mountain there are many prosperous jolly men and women of various shapes and features. In the many spacious and long and wide cavities (valleys?) are established hundreds and thousands of cities built into the mountain. These houses are joined to one another and have only a door each.
Countries of the Jambudvipa - Verse 36-38
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 48 · Verse 36-38
Similarly in the island called Varaha3 , there is a beautiful mountain known as Varaha containing many caves, crevasses and rivulets. The island is densely populated by different Mleccha tribes and people of different castes. There are many habitations and cities flourishing and prosperous with wealth and foodgrains. It is full of righteous people. The rivers, mountains and forests thereof contain various kinds of fruits and flowers of various colours.
Description of Plaksa Dvipa and other Dvipas - Verse 1
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 49 · Verse 1
Description of Plaksa Dvipa and other Dvipas Suia said : O excellent Brahmanas, I shall describe the Plaksa- • ' * dvipa 1 precisely but succinctly. Listen to it as I narrate it exactly.
Description of Plaksa Dvipa and other Dvipas - Verse 2
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 49 · Verse 2
Its extent is twice that of Jambudvipa. Its circumference (perimeter) is thrice its breadth. This briny sea is surrounded by that continent.
Description of Plaksa Dvipa and other Dvipas - Verse 3
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 49 · Verse 3
The people over there are righteous and have a great longevity. There is neither famine nor fear of old age and ailments.
Description of Plaksa Dvipa and other Dvipas - Verse 49
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 49 · Verse 49
4-16 I 315
Description of Plaksa Dvipa and other Dvipas - Verse 53
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 49 · Verse 53
In these Varsas Devas, Gandharvas, Prabhas, Praj apatis are seen residing and sporting about.
Description of Plaksa Dvipa and other Dvipas - Verse 54
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 49 · Verse 54
In these countries there are neither robbers nor Mlecchas. The people are mostly fair in complexion . They die according to seniority in age.
Description of Plaksa Dvipa and other Dvipas - Verse 55
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 49 · Verse 55
Here also are the seven rivers which are auspicious and which dispel sins. The chief of them are Pavitra, Santati, Dyutigarbha and Mahi.
Description of Plaksa Dvipa and other Dvipas - Verse 56
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 49 · Verse 56
Hundreds and thousand of others are known as their branches . They flow on as Indra showers in plenty.
Description of Plaksa Dvipa and other Dvipas - Verse 57
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 49 · Verse 57
The Kusa Dvipa is surrounded by the ocean of ghee. In extent it is equal to Kusa Dvipa.
Description of Plaksa Dvipa and other Dvipas - Verse 58
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 49 · Verse 58
Thus the position of Kusadvipa has been described to you. Now I shall explain the extent of Kraunca Dvipa.1
Description of Plaksa Dvipa and other Dvipas - Verse 59
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 49 · Verse 59
It is remembered to have twice the area ofKusa Dvipa. The ocean of ghee is encircled by this continent.
Description of Plaksa Dvipa and other Dvipas - Verse 60
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 49 · Verse 60
In this continent the chief mountain is Kraunca. The next after Kraunca is Vamana and the next after Vamana is Andhakara.
Description of Plaksa Dvipa and other Dvipas - Verse 61
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 49 · Verse 61
After Andhakara comes Divavrt. After Divavrt comes Divinda.
Description of Plaksa Dvipa and other Dvipas - Verse 62
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 49 · Verse 62
After Divinda is the great mountain Pundarika. After Pundarika is the mountain Dundubhisvana .
Description of Plaksa Dvipa and other Dvipas - Verse 63
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 49 · Verse 63
These are seven bejewelled mountains of Kraunca Dvipa. They abound in fruit trees and a number of creepers.
Description of Plaksa Dvipa and other Dvipas - Verse 64
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 49 · Verse 64
The Varsa mountains are twice in height as compared with the previous ones. Now I shall mention the names of the Varsas. Listen and understand them.
Description of Plaksa Dvipa and other Dvipas - Verse 67
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 49 · Verse 67
Beyond Muni Desa is Dundubhisvana full of Siddhas and Caranas. There the people are mostly fair in complexion.
Description of Plaksa Dvipa and other Dvipas - Verse 68
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 49 · Verse 68
There also the rivers are seven in number one for each country. They are Gaurx, Kumudvati, Sandhya, Ratri, Manojava, Khyati and Pundarika. These seven appear as Ganga divided into seven rivers.
Description of Plaksa Dvipa and other Dvipas - Verse 69
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 49 · Verse 69
Other rivers flow into these or nearby and meet the ocean. They are large and flow with great volume of water.
Description of Plaksa Dvipa and other Dvipas - Verse 70
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 49 · Verse 70
The glorious Kraunca Dvlpa is surrounded by the ocean of whey which is equal to Krauncadvlpa in extent.
Description of Plaksa Dvipa and other Dvipas - Verse 73
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 49 · Verse 73
I shall henceforth explain the features of the entire Saka Dvlpa1 exactly as they are. Listen as I recount them precisely.
Description of Plaksa Dvipa and other Dvipas - Verse 74
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 49 · Verse 74
Its extent is twice that of Kraunca Dvipa. It encircles the ocean of whey.
Description of Plaksa Dvipa and other Dvipas - Verse 75
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 49 · Verse 75
All the countries there are very sacred. People die only after a long life. There is neither famine nor fear of old age and sickness.
Description of Plaksa Dvipa and other Dvipas - Verse 76
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 49 · Verse 76
There also are seven bejewelled mountains which as well as the rivers are the sources of gems and precious stones. Listen to their names.
Description of Plaksa Dvipa and other Dvipas - Verse 77
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 49 · Verse 77
The first mountain, called Udaya, extends to the east. It is golden and is the abode of divine sages and Gandharvas. Hence it is like Meru.
Description of Plaksa Dvipa and other Dvipas - Verse 80
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 49 · Verse 80
There is mountain Raivataka raised by god Brahma. It is here that the Star Revati is always established in the heavens.
Description of Plaksa Dvipa and other Dvipas - Verse 81
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 49 · Verse 81
Beyond that there is a very great mountain called Syama. It was due to it that people got dark complexion from the outset.
Description of Plaksa Dvipa and other Dvipas - Verse 82
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 49 · Verse 82
Next is the massive mountain Astagiri, full of silver. The next mountain is Ambikeya, an impassable snowclad mountain.
Description of Plaksa Dvipa and other Dvipas - Verse 83
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 49 · Verse 83
Next to Ambikeya is Ramya where all medicinal herbs grow. It is called Kesari and the winds blow on it. 1 * M!. Ali identifies this with the monsoon lands of Asia where teak abounds, viz. Malaya, Siam, Indi-China (AGP 39), while De (pp. 172-173) identifies it with Tartary including Turkestan in central Asia.
Description of Plaksa Dvipa and other Dvipas - Verse 87
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 49 · Verse 87
The extent, magnitude, length and breadth of this continent are as those of Saka dvlpa (?) A great tree called Saka (teak) grows in its centre and is worshipped by the people.
Description of Plaksa Dvipa and other Dvipas - Verse 88
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 49 · Verse 88
Devas, Gandharvas, Siddhas and Caranas are visible and play about here in the midst of people.
Description of Plaksa Dvipa and other Dvipas - Verse 89
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 49 · Verse 89
The people (in the countries thereof) are virtuous and observe (the distinctive rules of) their respective four castes (Varnas) . There are seven rivers flowing to the sea, one in each Varsa and these seven rivers are remembered as the seven streams of Gahga.
Description of Plaksa Dvipa and other Dvipas - Verse 92
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 49 · Verse 92
The fourth is Sivetika which is also remembered as Tridiva; the fifth is known as Iksu as well as Kratu.
Description of Plaksa Dvipa and other Dvipas - Verse 93
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 49 · Verse 93
These seven great Gangas of auspicious waters sanctify all the people residing in Saka dvlpa every year.
Description of Plaksa Dvipa and other Dvipas - Verse 94
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 49 · Verse 94
There are thousands of others rivers joining them. They have abundant of waters since Indra showers rain profusely.
Description of Plaksa Dvipa and other Dvipas - Verse 95
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 49 · Verse 95
It is impossible to enumerate their names and magnitudes. These excellents river are very holy. The joyous people drink from them.
Description of Plaksa Dvipa and other Dvipas - Verse 98
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 49 · Verse 98
The continent is full of trees laden with flowers and fruits. It is flourishing with wealth and foodgrains. It is surrounded by the ocean of milk equal in size to it.
Description of Plaksa Dvipa and other Dvipas - Verse 101
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 49 · Verse 101
They are neither greedy nor deceptive and neither jealous nor malicious. There is no loss of fortitude nor adverse results. Everything is natural with them.
Description of Plaksa Dvipa and other Dvipas - Verse 102
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 49 · Verse 102
No tax is raised. No punishment is meted out. There is none to punish . They know of virtue by natural righteousness. They protect one another. residents of this continent. 1 shall now describe the seventh continent Puskara. Please listen.
Description of Plaksa Dvipa and other Dvipas - Verse 104
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 49 · Verse 104
The ocean of milk is surrounded by Puskara Dvipa,1 which is twice the Saka Dvipa in extent.
Description of Plaksa Dvipa and other Dvipas - Verse 105
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 49 · Verse 105
There is only one glorious mountain called Mahasila having lofty peaks full of varieg ated j ewels . ridges and precipices stands in the eastern half of the Dvipa. Its circumference is twentyfive thousand Yojanas.
Description of Plaksa Dvipa and other Dvipas - Verse 110
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 49 · Verse 110
In fact the two mountains constitute but a single mountain with peaks and ridges divided into two. It is surrounded by the ocean of fresh water.
Description of Plaksa Dvipa and other Dvipas - Verse 113
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 49 · Verse 113
The people there live up to ten thousand years with splendid health and happiness. They have attained mental Siddhis.
Description of Plaksa Dvipa and other Dvipas - Verse 114
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 49 · Verse 114
In the two countries (Var$as) the forms and features and the span of life are similar. There is no distinction of high and low among them. In appearance and conduct of life all of them are equal.
Description of Plaksa Dvipa and other Dvipas - Verse 115
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 49 · Verse 115
None defrauds (anyone); none is jealous. There are neither thieves nor fear nor imprisonment nor punishment, nor greed nor illegal acceptance of gifts.
Description of Plaksa Dvipa and other Dvipas - Verse 116
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 49 · Verse 116
There is neither truth nor falsehood nor virtue nor evil nor the rules of caste nor the stages of life. There is no trade, no cattle breeding, no business enterprise.
Description of Plaksa Dvipa and other Dvipas - Verse 117
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 49 · Verse 117
The lore of the three Vedas, the system of civil and military ad minis trarion, acts of service to others in return for payment, wounding others with harsh words or sharp implements— these are absent in the two Varsas of Puskara. * •
Description of Plaksa Dvipa and other Dvipas - Verse 118
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 49 · Verse 118
There are no rivers, no rainfall, neither bitter cold nor oppressive heat, no vegetation, no water, no mountains, no rivulets.
Description of Plaksa Dvipa and other Dvipas - Verse 121
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 49 · Verse 121
Puskara is surrounded by the ocean of sweet water equal in extent to that continent.
Description of Plaksa Dvipa and other Dvipas - Verse 122
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 49 · Verse 122
The seven continents are encircled by the seven oceans. The ocean immediately adjacent to a continent encircles it.
Description of Plaksa Dvipa and other Dvipas - Verse 123
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 49 · Verse 123
The relative increase in the size of the continents and oceans should be known thus. Since they have abundant increase of waters, the oceans are called Samudras.
Description of Plaksa Dvipa and other Dvipas - Verse 124
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 49 · Verse 124
Since in the land-tracts the four groups of people and sages live, they are called Varsas. They afford happiness to the people.
Description of Plaksa Dvipa and other Dvipas - Verse 125
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 49 · Verse 125
The word Rsi is derived from the root \/R$. The root 's/Vrs means the continuance of energy. Since the land-tracts afford continuance of energy they have the designation Varsa. 1 *
Description of Plaksa Dvipa and other Dvipas - Verse 126
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 49 · Verse 126
In the bright half, when the moon waxes, there is
Description of Plaksa Dvipa and other Dvipas - Verse 127
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 49 · Verse 127
In the bright fortnight, the ocean gets filled with water by itself. In the dark fortnight, the ocean recedes by itself.
Description of Plaksa Dvipa and other Dvipas - Verse 128
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 49 · Verse 128
Just as water in a cooking pot boils up by its contact with fire, similarly water in the vast ocean swells in quantity and magnitude.
Description of Plaksa Dvipa and other Dvipas - Verse 129
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 49 · Verse 129
The increase and decrease of water is of fixed quantity, neither more nor less in the bright and dark fortnights at the rise and setting of the moon. The increase and decrease in the ocean again is the result of the waxing and the waning of the moon.
Description of Plaksa Dvipa and other Dvipas - Verse 130
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 49 · Verse 130
It is observed that the increase and decrease of (the level of water in) the ocean is upto five hundred and ten angulas. This (increase and decrease) is seen (occurring) on the parvan days.
Description of Plaksa Dvipa and other Dvipas - Verse 131
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 49 · Verse 131
The term dvlpa (island) is so called on account of waters being on either side. 1 They are surrounded on all sides. As it is a store-house of waters, the ocean is called Udadhi.
Description of Plaksa Dvipa and other Dvipas - Verse 132
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 49 · Verse 132
Mountains without knots and peaks are Giris. Those with knots are Parvatas. Hence in the Plaksa Dvlpa, Gomeda, having knots is called a Parvata.
Description of Plaksa Dvipa and other Dvipas - Verse 133
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 49 · Verse 133
The great Salmali ( silk-cotton) tree is worshipped in the Salmala Dvlpa. In the Kusa Dvlpa, a stump of Kusa grass is worshipped. Hence the continent is called by its name (viz. Kusa).
Description of Plaksa Dvipa and other Dvipas - Verse 134
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 49 · Verse 134
In the Kraunca Dvlpa, the mountain Kraunca stands in its centre. The tree in Saka Dvipa is Saka ( teak ) . (Hence) the dvlpa ( continent) is named after it.
Description of Plaksa Dvipa and other Dvipas - Verse 135
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 49 · Verse 135
In the Puskara Dvlpa, the Nyagrodha tree is worshipped by the people. The great lord in Puskara is Brahma, the lord of the three worlds.
Description of Plaksa Dvipa and other Dvipas - Verse 136
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 49 · Verse 136
Brahma, the Prajapati, lives there along with Sadhyas. The Devas numbering thirty three, along with sages worship him. The most excellent of the Devas is worshipped there.
Description of Plaksa Dvipa and other Dvipas - Verse 139
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 49 · Verse 139
In the above-mentioned two sub-continents of Puskara Dvipa, god Brahma himself protects the subjects who are ( as if) adorned with good people.
Description of Plaksa Dvipa and other Dvipas - Verse 140
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 49 · Verse 140
The supreme ruler Brahma, the lord of three worlds, holds the rod (Dan da) of chastisement (to govern them) . He is their lord, Visnu, Siva, father and grandfather.
Description of Plaksa Dvipa and other Dvipas - Verse 141
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 49 · Verse 141
(Their) food comes to them automatically without any effort on their part. The people always take that nutritious food of six tastes.
Description of Plaksa Dvipa and other Dvipas - Verse 142
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 49 · Verse 142
The great ocean of sweet water encircles the Puskara Dvipa on all sides.
Description of Plaksa Dvipa and other Dvipas - Verse 143
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 49 · Verse 143
There is a great world beyond it. The ground is golden and flat as if it is a single slab. It is twice (?) in extent.
Description of Plaksa Dvipa and other Dvipas - Verse 144
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 49 · Verse 144
Beyond that there is a mountain. At the end of the boundary, there is a circular horizon. It is both lighted (on the hither-part) and dark (on the rest) . It is called Lokdloka.
Description of Plaksa Dvipa and other Dvipas - Verse 145
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 49 · Verse 145
Its height is ten thousand Yojanas. Its hitherward side is bright and its side beyond is dim (dark) .
Description of Plaksa Dvipa and other Dvipas - Verse 146
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 49 · Verse 146
Its breadth is as much ( as its height) . It can rise above the earth (to any height) according to its will. The word ‘loka? in c dloka y is understood in the sense of illumination (the bright interior side) and indicates the world. And c Mirdlokay is the dark, external side.
Description of Plaksa Dvipa and other Dvipas - Verse 147
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 49 · Verse 147
The illuminated part extends to (the world or the area where people live) . Beyond that, it is surrounded by water. The JVirdloka ( the dark part and portion beyond) covers he Cosmic Egg.
Description of Plaksa Dvipa and other Dvipas - Verse 152
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 49 · Verse 152
They support one another. The later is ten times bigger than the former. They are caused and pervaded by one another. 1
Description of Plaksa Dvipa and other Dvipas - Verse 153
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 49 · Verse 153
All round this Cosmic Egg, there is a ‘solid 5 sea. With its waters it holds the Cosmic Egg.
Description of Plaksa Dvipa and other Dvipas - Verse 154
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 49 · Verse 154
Outside the solid water, on all its sides and above, the ‘solid 5 fire holds and supports it.
Description of Plaksa Dvipa and other Dvipas - Verse 155
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 49 · Verse 155
The fire stands like an iron ball circular and globular in shape. It is supported and held all round by solid wind. The solid wind supports the ether as well.
Description of Plaksa Dvipa and other Dvipas - Verse 156
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 49 · Verse 156
Bhutadi ( Cosmic Ego ) holds and supports the Ether, Mahat (Cosmic Intellect) supports the Cosmic Ego and is itself pervaded and supported by the infinite Unmanifest {Prakrti ) .
Description of Plaksa Dvipa and other Dvipas - Verse 157
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 49 · Verse 157
The infinite Unmanifest {Prakrti) is subtle and divided into ten. It is infinite, immobile (with no Soul) . It has neither beginning nor end.
Description of Plaksa Dvipa and other Dvipas - Verse 158
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 49 · Verse 158
It is beyond everything. It is terrible. It has no suPPor** It 1S free from ailments. It is many thousand Yojanas in distance. It is covered with darkness ( Tamos) .
Description of Plaksa Dvipa and other Dvipas - Verse 159
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 49 · Verse 159
It is darkness itself. It is devoid of light. It is unlimited. It does not occupy space. Even Devas cannot comprehend it. It is devoid of activity.
Description of Plaksa Dvipa and other Dvipas - Verse 160
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 49 · Verse 160
There is a great, famous, refulgent shrine of Siva at the end of darkness and the Ether and hence at the very border. It is well-known for its splendour.
Description of Plaksa Dvipa and other Dvipas - Verse 161
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 49 · Verse 161
They say that spot is inaccessible even to Devas. It lies in the premises of the great lord of Devas.
Description of Plaksa Dvipa and other Dvipas - Verse 162
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 49 · Verse 162
In the universe, the worlds getting the light and heat of the sun and the moon, are called Lokas. There is no doubt about this. I. Verses I52ff give the Puranic concept of the seven protective ‘sheaths9 round the universe (Brahmanda)? The influence of Sahkhya categories is obvious.
Description of Plaksa Dvipa and other Dvipas - Verse 163
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 49 · Verse 163
There are seven worlds beneath and seven above the Earth. O Brahmanas, there are seven pathways of the wind and god Brahma’s abode.
Description of Plaksa Dvipa and other Dvipas - Verse 164
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 49 · Verse 164
From PataJa to heaven there is a fivefold course. This is the extent of the Universe. This is the ocean of the worldly existence.
Description of Plaksa Dvipa and other Dvipas - Verse 165
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 49 · Verse 165
The activity of the Universe with neither beginning nor end goes on like this arising from different types and groups of people. This unsteady activity of the Universe is really wonderful.
Description of Plaksa Dvipa and other Dvipas - Verse 166
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 49 · Verse 166
The physical creation of this is very extensive. It cannot be comprehended even by the blessed Siddhas who know things even beyond the scope of sense-organs.
Description of Plaksa Dvipa and other Dvipas - Verse 172
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 49 · Verse 172
Thus the worlds orginating from one another support one another by the relationship of the supporter and the supported or as the effects of their cause.
Description of Plaksa Dvipa and other Dvipas - Verse 173
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 49 · Verse 173
The elements earth etc. are the evolutes covered up by one another. They enter into one another, the lesser into the greater. 174. Since they penetrate one another, they have attained stability. Formerly they were without special features. But by intermingling they became possessed of speciality. The earth, fire and the wind, these three are separately and accurately ascertained. 328 Vayu Parana
Description of Plaksa Dvipa and other Dvipas - Verse 175
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 49 · Verse 175
Their accurate ascertainment is specially noticed by the decline in attributes and essence. The accurate determination of the rest is not observable due to their subtleness.
Description of Plaksa Dvipa and other Dvipas - Verse 176
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 49 · Verse 176
Aloha is beyond all the Bhutas (elements). They are discernible separately only in the illuminated Ether (.Akdsa \
Description of Plaksa Dvipa and other Dvipas - Verse 177
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 49 · Verse 177
Just as in a big vessel smaller vessels are placed and are mutually supported by it though separate from each other, similarly the separateness of the elements is internal within the illuminated Ether (Akasa) .
Description of Plaksa Dvipa and other Dvipas - Verse 178
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 49 · Verse 178
All these four elements are consecutively bigger, the letter bigger than the former. The creation can function as long as the elements exist.
Description of Plaksa Dvipa and other Dvipas - Verse 179
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 49 · Verse 179
^ The perfection (creation) of creatures is regarded as being within (i.e. based on) Bhutas (elements) . The creation of effects cannot take place without Bhutas,
Description of Plaksa Dvipa and other Dvipas - Verse 180
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 49 · Verse 180
The Bhutas being of the nature ofeffects are restricted. The entities e.g. the Mahat (Cosmic Xntellegence etc.) are of the nature of causes.
Description of Plaksa Dvipa and other Dvipas - Verse 181
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 49 · Verse 181
Thus, O Brahmanas, the arrangement of this earth with seven continents and oceans has been explained to you along with their divisions precisely as they are.
Description of Plaksa Dvipa and other Dvipas - Verse 184
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 49 · Verse 184
Only this much of established arrangement (of the Universe) can be explained by me. O King, only this much need be heard in regard to the constitution and arrangement of the world.
Description of Plaksa Dvipa and other Dvipas - Verse 185
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 49 · Verse 185
The seven Prakrtis support one another. There are many Prakrtis above and below and on all sides. I shall explain them to a little extent. ^ ^ «0!ia,j3.a*s, now I shall describe the position of the luminaries, the boundaries, the horizon and sub-horizon of the earth.
Description of Plaksa Dvipa and other Dvipas - Verse 84-86
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 49 · Verse 84-86
Listen to the names of the countries of these mountains in due order. The country (Varsa) of the mountain Udaya is Udaya well known as Jalada. The second Varsa, that of J aladhara is Sukumara; that of Raivata is Kaumara; that of Syama is Manlcaka; the splendid Varsa of Asta is Kusumottara; of Ambikeyais Modaka; and that of Kesaras is Mahadruma.
Description of Plaksa Dvipa and other Dvipas - Verse 78-79
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 49 · Verse 78-79
Clouds rise and pass pouring down showers. There is a great mountain Jaladhara where Indra showers plenty of water. There in the rainy season people get ample showers .
Description of Plaksa Dvipa and other Dvipas - Verse 137-138
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 49 · Verse 137-138
Various gems and precious stones are obtained in Jambu Dvipa. In all these continents people observe truth, celibacy and self-control. Thereb y, their health and span of life is increased twofold.
Description of Plaksa Dvipa and other Dvipas - Verse 65-66
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 49 · Verse 65-66
The main land- tract of the Kraunca mountain is Kusalin; that of Vamana is Manonuga. Beyond Manonuga is the third land tract Usna. Beyond Usna is Pravaraka and beyond Pravaraka is Andhakara. Beyond Andhakara is Muni Desa.
Description of Plaksa Dvipa and other Dvipas - Verse 119-120
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 49 · Verse 119-120
The season is perpetually the same as in Northern Kurus. The people are happy, devoid of old age and exhaustion. This is the condition in Dhataki and Mahavita countries. Thus the entire situation in Puskara Dvlpa has been nararted.
Description of Plaksa Dvipa and other Dvipas - Verse 51-52
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 49 · Verse 51-52
The distance between these mountains is twice their magnitude. The first country is Udbhida; the second is Venumandala; the third is Svairathakara ; the fourth is Lavana ; the fifth is Dhptimat ; the sixth is Prabhakara ; and the seventh is Kapila. These are the seven countries and mountains.
Description of Plaksa Dvipa and other Dvipas - Verse 111-112
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 49 · Verse 111-112
The whole mountain-range spreads over the full extent of Puskara Dvipa. There are two holy and splendid provinces in that Dvipa on either side of the mountain Manasa. The Mahavita Varsa is exterior to the mountain while Dhataki is the interior.
Description of Plaksa Dvipa and other Dvipas - Verse 182-183
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 49 · Verse 182-183
The cosmic form of Pradhdna (the Unmanifest Nature ) which has been described (lit. enumerated) to you by its extents and zones, is only a partial modification. Its cosmic form is the abode of the Lord to whom belongs the whole Universe. In this way, the elements have interpenetrated each other.
Description of Plaksa Dvipa and other Dvipas - Verse 71-72
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 49 · Verse 71-72
Thus Plaksa and other continents have been briefly described to you. It is impossible to describe the growth, decay (creation and annihilation) and other details of these continents even in hundreds of years.
Description of Plaksa Dvipa and other Dvipas - Verse 167-168
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 49 · Verse 167-168
O excellent Brahmanas ! There is no limit, decline or end to the magnitude of (the elements, viz. ) Earth, Water, Fire, Wind, Mahat, Tanias, the infinite, omnipresent Lord Is vara. While enumerating the names of the Lord (Siva), I have mentioned this before. 169. The Lord who is called by the name Siva has been glorified to you. He pervades everything and is worshipped in all places. 1 70. He is worshipped on the earth, in rasatala, wind, fire, seas and heaven. There is no doubt in this. 171. He is to be realized through penance as the Lord of great splendor. This great God, the great Yogin has divided himself in various forms. He, the Lord of the worlds, is worshipped in various ways in all the worlds.
Description of Plaksa Dvipa and other Dvipas - Verse 148-149
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 49 · Verse 148-149
Within the Cosmic Egg there are the worlds, viz. Bhur i.e. the earth consisting of seven continents, Bhuvar, Svar, Mahar, Jana, Tapas and Satya. This much constitutes the world which can be known. Beyond that, there is the end of the world.
Description of Plaksa Dvipa and other Dvipas - Verse 107-109
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 49 · Verse 107-109
Its height is thirty-four thousand Yojanas. The excellent Manasa mountain encircles half this Dvipa. It stands on the seashore looking like the newly risen moon. Its height is fifty thousand Yojanas. Its girth too is so much. This mountain Manasa is on the western half of the Dvipa.
Description of Plaksa Dvipa and other Dvipas - Verse 99-100
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 49 · Verse 99-100
The land-tracts amongst those mountains are seven in number. They are holy and splendid. The people thereof abide by the rules of castes and stages of life and admit no 322 Vajiu Purina mixture of castes or stages of life. Since they do not swerve from the path of virtue, they are invariably happy.
Description of Plaksa Dvipa and other Dvipas - Verse 96-97
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 49 · Verse 96-97
O Samsapayana, this continent is very extensive. It is like a wheel, covered by rivers and cloud-like mountains wonderful and variegated with minerals and decorated with jewels and corals. The cities are of various shapes. They abound in flourishing and prosperous people.
Description of Plaksa Dvipa and other Dvipas - Verse 150-151
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 49 · Verse 150-151
The cosmos is shaped like the new moon on the western horizon (at the beginning of the bright half) when the sun is in the Aquarius Zodiac. 326 Vayu Parana There are thousands of crores Cosmic Eggs like this, above, below and on all sides. They are caused and pervaded by the seven effects of Prakrti (viz. the elements, Mahal and Bhutadi).
Description of Plaksa Dvipa and other Dvipas - Verse 90-91
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 49 · Verse 90-91
The first river is known by the names Sukumarx, Gahga, Sivajala* and Anutapta, the second is known asKumarx, Siddha and Satx; the third is designated as Nanda and Parvatx.
The Nether-worlds :* Manifestation of the Luminaries - Verse 1
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 50 · Verse 1
The Nether-worlds :* Manifestation of the Luminaries Understand the magnitude of the earth below and above. The earth, wind, sky, water and the fifth ( element) fire are proclaimed as infinite primary elements which are allpervading.
The Nether-worlds :* Manifestation of the Luminaries - Verse 6
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 50 · Verse 6
Similarly, the firmament is well-known as supportless, charming, the support ( accommodater) of various things and infinite. The wind is born ofthe Ether.
The Nether-worlds :* Manifestation of the Luminaries - Verse 7
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 50 · Verse 7
Waters lie within the earth and the earth is established over waters. The sky is above, the earth is below ( it) and again waters are underneath.
The Nether-worlds :* Manifestation of the Luminaries - Verse 8
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 50 · Verse 8
In this way there is no end to the evolutes of the Bhutas. They are infinite. Know that this has been decisively mentioned by gods formerly.
The Nether-worlds :* Manifestation of the Luminaries - Verse 9
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 50 · Verse 9
The sequence should be known thus. First the earth, then the water and the sky thereafter. This order prevails up to the seventh world—Rasatala.
The Nether-worlds :* Manifestation of the Luminaries - Verse 10
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 50 · Verse 10
The nether world extends1 to ten thousand Yojanas at each rung. Each of these rungs has been explained in detail by the sages.
The Nether-worlds :* Manifestation of the Luminaries - Verse 11
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 50 · Verse 11
The first rung is Atala, below that is Sutala. The widely extensive Vitala is below that.
The Nether-worlds :* Manifestation of the Luminaries - Verse 12
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 50 · Verse 12
Thereafter come Gabhastala, Mahatala, Sri tala and Patala is known as the seventh.
The Nether-worlds :* Manifestation of the Luminaries - Verse 50
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 50 · Verse 50
20-33 331 kulada s town fully inhabited by delighted (jolly) people, the abode of the demon Bhlma, the mansion of Suladanta, the city of Lohitaksas and Kalihgas, the town of Svapada, the city of Dhananjaya and of the noble-souled Nagendra* (Lord of Serpents), the city of Kaliya, the serpent and that of Kalasa. Thus it should be known undoubtedly that there are thousands of cities ( and abodes) of Serpents, Danavas and Raksasas in the first nether-world with black-soil.
The Nether-worlds :* Manifestation of the Luminaries - Verse 54
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 50 · Verse 54
Thus the seven Nether-worlds that could be discussed have been recounted . They are always inhabited by Devas , Asuras , great Serpents, and Raksasas.
The Nether-worlds :* Manifestation of the Luminaries - Verse 55
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 50 · Verse 55
Beyond this is total absence of light. It cannot be traversed by Siddhas and Sadhus (good people or sages). It is unknown even to Devas and is traffic (iife)-less.
The Nether-worlds :* Manifestation of the Luminaries - Verse 56
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 50 · Verse 56
O excellent Brahmanas, thus is the grandeur of earth, fire, water, wind and ether described by the sages. There is no doubt about this.
The Nether-worlds :* Manifestation of the Luminaries - Verse 57
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 50 · Verse 57
I shall now describe the rotation of the sun and the moon. 1 These are stationed in the ether along with their discs and shine with their lustre as long as they move.
The Nether-worlds :* Manifestation of the Luminaries - Verse 60
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 50 · Verse 60
Revolving all round, the Sun illuminates and protects the three worlds. Hence on account of illumination andprotection, he is called c Ravi*. The root 's/av means ‘illumination9 (and protection) , 1
The Nether-worlds :* Manifestation of the Luminaries - Verse 61
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 50 · Verse 61
Now I shall mention the magnitude of the moon and the sun. The word Mahi is derived from 's/Adah c to celebrate’. The word denotes the celebrated Bharata Varsa.
The Nether-worlds :* Manifestation of the Luminaries - Verse 62
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 50 · Verse 62
The extent of Bharata is equal to the extent of the vastly extensive disc of the sun. Now listen to the number of Yojanas it covers.
The Nether-worlds :* Manifestation of the Luminaries - Verse 63
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 50 · Verse 63
The extent of the sun is nine thousand Yojanas. The girth or the extent of its disc is thrice its diameter. The lunar disc is twice the solar disc (in diameter as well as girth).
The Nether-worlds :* Manifestation of the Luminaries - Verse 66
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 50 · Verse 66
Those Abhvmamns who have gone were on a p<^r with the current ones. The Devas who have gone are on a par with the current ones in forms and names.
The Nether-worlds :* Manifestation of the Luminaries - Verse 67
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 50 · Verse 67
Hence, I shall describe the surface of the earth through the current Devas. (I shall recount) the situation of the heavenly world entirely through the current (Devas) .
The Nether-worlds :* Manifestation of the Luminaries - Verse 68
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 50 · Verse 68
The entire earth is known as fifty crores (of Yojanas) in extent. From the middle of Meru on all four sides is half of it.
The Nether-worlds :* Manifestation of the Luminaries - Verse 75
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 50 · Verse 75
The outer surface of the globular sphere earth in terms exof the earth is co-extensive with the sphere of the stars in the firmament.
The Nether-worlds :* Manifestation of the Luminaries - Verse 76
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 50 · Verse 76
In regard to the magnitude of the outer surface the firmament is equal to the earth. The same is the measure of all the seven worlds.
The Nether-worlds :* Manifestation of the Luminaries - Verse 79
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 50 · Verse 79
It is within the Cosmic Egg that the earth with its seven continents and seven worlds, viz. Bhur, Bhuvah, Svah, Mahar, Jana, Tapas and Satya is stationed.
The Nether-worlds :* Manifestation of the Luminaries - Verse 82
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 50 · Verse 82
All round this Cosmic Egg there is a solid ocean. The entire sphere of the earth is supported by the solid water. 1
The Nether-worlds :* Manifestation of the Luminaries - Verse 86
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 50 · Verse 86
I shall enumerate in order the cities of the .guardians shows the influence of Sahkhya Tattoos. sheaths of our Cosmic 336 Vayu Purana of the worlds.1 The proof of the movements of the luminary bodies will also be mentioned.
The Nether-worlds :* Manifestation of the Luminaries - Verse 87
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 50 · Verse 87
To the east of Meru and above Manasa is the holy city of Mahendra abounding in all essential riches and richly inlaid with gold.
The Nether-worlds :* Manifestation of the Luminaries - Verse 88
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 50 · Verse 88
To the south of Meru and above Manasa lives Yama, son of Vivas van, in his city Samyamana.
The Nether-worlds :* Manifestation of the Luminaries - Verse 89
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 50 · Verse 89
To the west of Meru and above Manasa is the charming city of the intelligent Varuna. It is called Sukha.
The Nether-worlds :* Manifestation of the Luminaries - Verse 90
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 50 · Verse 90
To the north of Meru and above Manasa is the city Vibhavari of Soma (the moon) which is comparable to the city of Mahendra.
The Nether-worlds :* Manifestation of the Luminaries - Verse 91
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 50 · Verse 91
Above Manasa in all the four quarters the guardians of the worlds are stationed for the establishment of virtue (Dharma) and protection of the worlds.
The Nether-worlds :* Manifestation of the Luminaries - Verse 92
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 50 · Verse 92
Understand the solar movement when the sun reaches south during the southern transi t all round above the guardians of the worlds.
The Nether-worlds :* Manifestation of the Luminaries - Verse 93
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 50 · Verse 93
In his transit to the south, the sun moves fast like a discharged arrow. It takes the group of luminary bodies with it and revolves always.
The Nether-worlds :* Manifestation of the Luminaries - Verse 94
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 50 · Verse 94
When the sun is in the mid-horizon in Amaravati, it is called sunrise in the city of Samyamana of the son of Vivasvat.
The Nether-worlds :* Manifestation of the Luminaries - Verse 95
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 50 · Verse 95
Then it is midnight in Sukha. When the sun is in midhorizon (in Samyamana) the sun is seen rising in Sukha, the city of Varuna.
The Nether-worlds :* Manifestation of the Luminaries - Verse 96
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 50 · Verse 96
When it is midnight at Vibhavari, it is sunset in Amaravati, the city of Mahendra. To the people of the southeast (or south and the east) it is afternoon.
The Nether-worlds :* Manifestation of the Luminaries - Verse 97
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 50 · Verse 97
What is (when it is) the forenoon of the people of the southern and western countries it is the late night to the people in the northern territories.
The Nether-worlds :* Manifestation of the Luminaries - Verse 98
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 50 · Verse 98
It is early in the night for the territories that are in the north and east. Similarly (the following is the situation) when the sun shines in the abodes of the north, during the northern transit.
The Nether-worlds :* Manifestation of the Luminaries - Verse 99
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 50 · Verse 99
When the sun is in midday in Sukha, the city of Varuna, it rises in Vibhavarx, the city of Soma.
The Nether-worlds :* Manifestation of the Luminaries - Verse 102
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 50 · Verse 102
Making the stars ( and planets) whirl and revolving itself like a firebrand, the sun sets and then rises quickly. *
The Nether-worlds :* Manifestation of the Luminaries - Verse 103
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 50 · Verse 103
Thus the sun moves in the four continents ending with the southern one. It rises and sets again and again.
The Nether-worlds :* Manifestation of the Luminaries - Verse 104
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 50 · Verse 104
The sun gives warmth to two abodes of Devas in the forenoon and two in the afternoon* With its rays alone it heats one of them during midday.
The Nether-worlds :* Manifestation of the Luminaries - Verse 105
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 50 · Verse 105
After rising the sun blazes with its rays of increasing heat till midday. Thereafter with its rays of decreasing heat it sets.
The Nether-worlds :* Manifestation of the Luminaries - Verse 106
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 50 · Verse 106
The eastern and western direction is determined bv sunrise and sunset. While the sun blazes in front (its heat is felt) behind as well and on sides also.
The Nether-worlds :* Manifestation of the Luminaries - Verse 107
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 50 · Verse 107
Where the sun appears rising, it is known as sunrise to the people thereof; (while) where the sun vanishes, it is called sunset in regard to the people there.
The Nether-worlds :* Manifestation of the Luminaries - Verse 108
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 50 · Verse 108
Due to the far distant position of the sun and being covered up by the line (horizon) of the earth, its rays become invisible ( being obstructed from sight) . Hence it is not seen at night.
The Nether-worlds :* Manifestation of the Luminaries - Verse 109
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 50 · Verse 109
The appearance of the planets, stars and the sun as well as their rising and setting should be known by the magnitude of their height.
The Nether-worlds :* Manifestation of the Luminaries - Verse 110
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 50 · Verse 110
Fire and water have white lustre and the earth has black shadow. Since the sun is at a great distance at the time of rising, it appears to be without rays. Since it is without rays, it has the red lustre, and the absence of heat is due to its redness.
The Nether-worlds :* Manifestation of the Luminaries - Verse 111
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 50 · Verse 111
Wherever the sun is seen to be stationed on the line (of horizon) it is seen a thousand Yojanas above.
The Nether-worlds :* Manifestation of the Luminaries - Verse 112
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 50 · Verse 112
When the sun sets, the brilliance of the sun partially enters fires. Hence fire shines more brilliantly at night, even from a distance. 338 Vayu Purana
The Nether-worlds :* Manifestation of the Luminaries - Verse 113
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 50 · Verse 113
When the sun rises again, the brilliance of fire enters the sun. This together with the brilliance left in the sun at the time of sunset, makes it all the more brilliant. So the sun blazes during the day.
The Nether-worlds :* Manifestation of the Luminaries - Verse 114
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 50 · Verse 114
The light and heat of the sun and fire getting mixed together nourish people during day and night .
The Nether-worlds :* Manifestation of the Luminaries - Verse 115
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 50 · Verse 115
In the northern and southern halves of the earth, when the sun rises, night enters waters. Hence, during day waters are copper-coloured as a result of the entry of night.
The Nether-worlds :* Manifestation of the Luminaries - Verse 116
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 50 · Verse 116
When the sun sets, day enters waters . Hence during night, water appears white and bright as a result of the entry of day.
The Nether-worlds :* Manifestation of the Luminaries - Verse 117
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 50 · Verse 117
In this manner, in the southern and northern halves of the earth, day and night enter waters at the time of sunset and sunrise.
The Nether-worlds :* Manifestation of the Luminaries - Verse 119
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 50 · Verse 119
When the sun passes through the middle of the sky, it traverses one-thirtieth of the diameter of the earth in a Muhurta (forty- eight minutes).
The Nether-worlds :* Manifestation of the Luminaries - Verse 127
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 50 · Verse 127
When the sun, while traversing in the north, is in the (constellation) Sravana, it traverses the northern regions of the sixth continent (called) Saka-dvipa.
The Nether-worlds :* Manifestation of the Luminaries - Verse 130
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 50 · Verse 130
The northern orbit is called NagavithI1 and the southern one is called AjavlthL When the sun rises in the constellations Mula, Purvasadha and Uttarasadha it is called AjavlthL When the sun rises during the rise of the three stars after Abhijit (i.e. Asvini, Bharani and Krttika) it is called Nagavxthi.
The Nether-worlds :* Manifestation of the Luminaries - Verse 133
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 50 · Verse 133
Now I shall mention the distance between the southern cardinal points and meridians in Yojanas. Understand it. 134- 135a. The external and internal distances between the two quarters and meridians are seven million and one hundred and seventyfive Yojanas. 135b-136a. During Uttarayana (the northern transit of the sun) the sun goes round the internal zones. During Daksinayana (the southern transit ) the sun goes round the external zones. This is the usual order. 136b- 137. In the north there are one hundred and eighty zones. In the south also the sun traverses that much. Know the distance of the Mandala (zone) in Yojanas.
The Nether-worlds :* Manifestation of the Luminaries - Verse 140
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 50 · Verse 140
The diameter of the zone is laid obliquely. Everyday the sun traverses those .( zones ) in due order.
The Nether-worlds :* Manifestation of the Luminaries - Verse 141
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 50 · Verse 141
Just as the outer rim of the potter’s wheel comes back ( revolves) quickly, so also the sun returns quickly during its southern transit.
The Nether-worlds :* Manifestation of the Luminaries - Verse 142
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 50 · Verse 142
Within a short time, therefore, the sun traverses the extensive earth. Within twelve Muhurtas it traverses quickly from the south to to the north.
The Nether-worlds :* Manifestation of the Luminaries - Verse 143
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 50 · Verse 143
The sun passes through thirteen and a half constellations of stars during the day. During the night in eighteen Muhurtas it passes through as many (i.e. thirteen and a half) of stars.
The Nether-worlds :* Manifestation of the Luminaries - Verse 144
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 50 · Verse 144
Just as the central region of the potters wheel moves slowly, so also in the course of the northern transit the sun moves slowly.
The Nether-worlds :* Manifestation of the Luminaries - Verse 145
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 50 · Verse 145
The sun passes through thirteen and a half stars. Hence it covers less extent of the earth in longer time.
The Nether-worlds :* Manifestation of the Luminaries - Verse 146
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 50 · Verse 146
In the later part of the northern transit, a day has the duration of eighteen Muhurtas. Then also the sun proceeds very slowly.
The Nether-worlds :* Manifestation of the Luminaries - Verse 147
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 50 · Verse 147
The sun passes through thirteen and a half stars during half the time (i.e. the day time) . During night, it passes through as many stars in the course of eighteen Muhurtas.
The Nether-worlds :* Manifestation of the Luminaries - Verse 148
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 50 · Verse 148
Just as a ball of clay placed on the middle of the wheel whirls slowly, so also does the Pole Star.
The Nether-worlds :* Manifestation of the Luminaries - Verse 149
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 50 · Verse 149
They say that day and night together constitute thirty Muhurtas. The whirling Pole between the two quarters revolves in a circle.
The Nether-worlds :* Manifestation of the Luminaries - Verse 150
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 50 · Verse 150
Just as the nave of the potter’s wheel remains there only, similarly it should be known that the Pole Star whirls there only (without changing its place) .
The Nether-worlds :* Manifestation of the Luminaries - Verse 151
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 50 · Verse 151
Thus the rotation of the sun in a circle between the two quarters is slow during day and fast during night.
The Nether-worlds :* Manifestation of the Luminaries - Verse 152
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 50 · Verse 152
During the northern transit, the movement of the moon (?) is slow during day and fast during night.
The Nether-worlds :* Manifestation of the Luminaries - Verse 153
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 50 · Verse 153
During the southern transit the sun’s movement is fast during day and slow during night.
The Nether-worlds :* Manifestation of the Luminaries - Verse 154
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 50 · Verse 154
Dividing nights and days thus by its special diverse movements, the sun traverses the path by its even (regular) and uneven (irregular) movement.
The Nether-worlds :* Manifestation of the Luminaries - Verse 155
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 50 · Verse 155
Agastya (the star Canopus) traverses quickly over the guardians of the worlds stationed in the four quarters over the mountain Lokaloka. He divides days and nights by diverse movements.
The Nether-worlds :* Manifestation of the Luminaries - Verse 156
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 50 · Verse 156
He is the protector of the worlds to the south of Naga-
The Nether-worlds :* Manifestation of the Luminaries - Verse 157
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 50 · Verse 157
There is as much of sunlight at the sides, behind and all round Lokaloka as there is on its top in front. height. It is partly bright and partly unilluminated. It is circular all round.
The Nether-worlds :* Manifestation of the Luminaries - Verse 159
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 50 · Verse 159
The stars, the moon, the sun and planets shine within the internal part of mount Lokaloka.
The Nether-worlds :* Manifestation of the Luminaries - Verse 160
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 50 · Verse 160
The world is only so far and no further. Beyond this there is darkness. The Lokaloka is single but Niralokas (the darker sides) are numerous.
The Nether-worlds :* Manifestation of the Luminaries - Verse 161
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 50 · Verse 161
Since the sun in its circular movement unites the Lokaloka, the wise call the inter-space between Usa and Vyusti by the name Sandhya. Usa is night and Vyusti is day.
The Nether-worlds :* Manifestation of the Luminaries - Verse 162
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 50 · Verse 162
A curse was cast on the wicked demons who were bent on devouring the sun at the time of twilight that they would have imperishability of bodies but they would be made to die ( everyday) .
The Nether-worlds :* Manifestation of the Luminaries - Verse 163
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 50 · Verse 163
Three crores of demons who are well-known as Mandehas seek everyday the rise of the sun. The wicked ones harass and desire to devour the blazing sun.
The Nether-worlds :* Manifestation of the Luminaries - Verse 166
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 50 · Verse 166
Then the sun of great splendour, excessive lustre and valour rises up a hundred thousand Yojanas.
The Nether-worlds :* Manifestation of the Luminaries - Verse 167
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 50 · Verse 167
Then goes forth the Lord (the Sun-god) with his brilliant rays. He is surrounded by Brahmanas and Valakhiiya Sages who have achieved their object (of protecting the Sun) .
The Nether-worlds :* Manifestation of the Luminaries - Verse 168
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 50 · Verse 168
Fifteen Nimesas (winking time of the eye) make one Ka$tha, thirty Kasthas make one Kala; thirty Kalds make a its circle is lighted (that gets light) while on the other side of this dividing mountain, there is utter darkness. 342 Vayu Purana Muhurta and thirty Muhurtas make (a full day consisting of) a night and a day.
The Nether-worlds :* Manifestation of the Luminaries - Verse 169
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 50 · Verse 169
There is increase and decrease in the length of day by a few parts. But whether (it) is increased or decreased, the duration of twilight remains constant one Muhurta .
The Nether-worlds :* Manifestation of the Luminaries - Verse 170
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 50 · Verse 170
The three Muhurtas from the time when the sun rises from the horizon constitute the Pratastana (early morning) period which is one-fifth part of day. 1
The Nether-worlds :* Manifestation of the Luminaries - Verse 171
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 50 · Verse 171
The period of three Muhurtas from the early morning is called Sangava (forenoon) . The period of three Muhurtas after forenoon is called Madhyahna (midday) .
The Nether-worlds :* Manifestation of the Luminaries - Verse 174
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 50 · Verse 174
When the sun is in the equinox, day and the night each consists of fifteen Muhurtas .
The Nether-worlds :* Manifestation of the Luminaries - Verse 175
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 50 · Verse 175
During the transit of the sun to the north and south the duration of day increases and decreases accordingly. Day swallows t night and night swallows day.
The Nether-worlds :* Manifestation of the Luminaries - Verse 176
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 50 · Verse 176
The equinox occurs between autumn and spring. The moon attains his seven 2 ( ?) Kalas during the day and the night.
The Nether-worlds :* Manifestation of the Luminaries - Verse 177
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 50 · Verse 177
Fifteen days make one Paksa (half of a month) . Two halves make one month and two months make a fltu (season) . Three Rtus (seasons) make one Ayana and two Ayanas make a year.
The Nether-worlds :* Manifestation of the Luminaries - Verse 178
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 50 · Verse 178
The unit of time constituted by fifteen Nimesas is Ka$tha. Thirty Kasthas make a Kald. It consists of one hundred and sixty Matras.
The Nether-worlds :* Manifestation of the Luminaries - Verse 179
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 50 · Verse 179
The unit of time CaW [Kalal) is thus defined. It consists of ninetynine, thirty, thirtysix, sixtytwo or twentythree Matras (Defective Verse).
The Nether-worlds :* Manifestation of the Luminaries - Verse 180
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 50 · Verse 180
Forty thousand and eight hundred and seventy Mdtrds make the unit of time called Vidyuti. 1 To be precise, it is ninety (instead of seventy) .
The Nether-worlds :* Manifestation of the Luminaries - Verse 181
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 50 · Verse 181
In Vaidkasamyuga (?) they say that there are only four hundred Mdtrds in a Vidyuti. This is known as Cararrisa. The cause is Nalika [Ghatika = 24 minutes] .
The Nether-worlds :* Manifestation of the Luminaries - Verse 182
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 50 · Verse 182
The five units of time, Samvatsara etc., have four alternative calculations. 2 The fixation 3 of Yuga is decisively done on this basis in all the units of time.
The Nether-worlds :* Manifestation of the Luminaries - Verse 183
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 50 · Verse 183
The first year is Samvatsara ; the second is Pariuatsara ; the third is Idvatsara ; the fourth is Anuvatsara ; the fifth is Vatsara. Thus the various units of time are termed.
The Nether-worlds :* Manifestation of the Luminaries - Verse 186
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 50 · Verse 186
Thirty days and nights make one month of the sun. Sixtyone days and nights make one Danu.
The Nether-worlds :* Manifestation of the Luminaries - Verse 187
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 50 · Verse 187
One hundred and eightythree days constitute the time of one transit of the sun over the world.
The Nether-worlds :* Manifestation of the Luminaries - Verse 188
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 50 · Verse 188
The four types of calculation, viz. Saura (solar), Saumya (lunar) Nak$atra (stellar) and Savana (sacrificial) should be clearly understood.
The Nether-worlds :* Manifestation of the Luminaries - Verse 189
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 50 · Verse 189
There is a mountain Smgavan to the north of Sveta. Its three peaks appear to touch the sky.
The Nether-worlds :* Manifestation of the Luminaries - Verse 190
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 50 · Verse 190
Due to these peaks the mountain is known as Sjrngavan. The single path (leading to it) , its extent and girth have been already mentioned.
The Nether-worlds :* Manifestation of the Luminaries - Verse 191
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 50 · Verse 191
Its eastern peak in the middle is golden. The southern peak consists of silver. It has crystalline lustre.
The Nether-worlds :* Manifestation of the Luminaries - Verse 192
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 50 · Verse 192
The excellent peak in the north consists of precious stones and jewels. Thus with the three peaks the mountain is well known as Srngavan.
The Nether-worlds :* Manifestation of the Luminaries - Verse 193
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 50 · Verse 193
Betwixt autumn and spring, the sun proceeds with medium velocity, neither fast nor slow. It reaches that peak of the mountain which is near the equinoctical line. The Dispeller of darkness, i.e. the sun, makes the night equal to the day.
The Nether-worlds :* Manifestation of the Luminaries - Verse 194
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 50 · Verse 194
Divine green-coloured horses are yoked to his great chariot. They appear ( shining ) as though they are smeared with the (solar) rays red like lotus.
The Nether-worlds :* Manifestation of the Luminaries - Verse 195
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 50 · Verse 195
During the Mesa and Tula zodiacal transit of the sun days and nights contain fifteen Muhurtas beginning with sunrise.
The Nether-worlds :* Manifestation of the Luminaries - Verse 196
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 50 · Verse 196
When the sun is in the first quarter of the constellation Krttika (Pleiades) , the moon is known to be in the fourth part of the constellation Visakha.
The Nether-worlds :* Manifestation of the Luminaries - Verse 197
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 50 · Verse 197
When the sun traverses through the third part of Visakha, know that the moon has occupied the top of Krttika.
The Nether-worlds :* Manifestation of the Luminaries - Verse 198
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 50 · Verse 198
The sages call that as equinox. Equinox shall be known through the (position of the) sun and the time through (that of) the moon.
The Nether-worlds :* Manifestation of the Luminaries - Verse 199
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 50 · Verse 199
When days and nights are equal it is equinox. During equinoctical transit oblations to the Pitrs and charitable gifts to the Brahmanas should be made. Brahmanas are the mouths of Devas.
The Nether-worlds :* Manifestation of the Luminaries - Verse 200
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 50 · Verse 200
In view of the differences due to Kalds, Kdsthas and Muhurtas, the night of short duration and intercalary month occur. The full moon is of two types * Raka and
The Nether-worlds :* Manifestation of the Luminaries - Verse 201
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 50 · Verse 201
The six months, viz. Magha, Phalguna, Gaitra, Vaisakha, Jyestha and Asadha are the months of ZJttarayana (northern transit of the sun) . The six months, viz. Sravana, Bhadrapada, Asvina, Karttika, Margaslrsa and Pausa are the months of Daksinayana (southern transit of the sun).
The Nether-worlds :* Manifestation of the Luminaries - Verse 202
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 50 · Verse 202
These months make a year. The five years are the sons of Brahma. Rtus are born of them. These are their parts.
The Nether-worlds :* Manifestation of the Luminaries - Verse 203
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 50 · Verse 203
Hence the New Moon Day (Amavasya) is known as the leader of the Parvans. More than that the equinox should be known as favourable to Devas and Pitrs.
The Nether-worlds :* Manifestation of the Luminaries - Verse 204
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 50 · Verse 204
After knowing this, a man should not get deluded regarding rites concerning Devas and Pitrs. Hencd equinox is remembered as all-pervasive by the people.
The Nether-worlds :* Manifestation of the Luminaries - Verse 205
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 50 · Verse 205
The worlds ( Lokas) should be known (to exist) as far as light (the space illuminated by the sun) extends. The end of the world is also called Loka (of the Lokaloka mountain) . The guardians of the worlds are stationed there in the middle of the Loklaoka mountain.
The Nether-worlds :* Manifestation of the Luminaries - Verse 206
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 50 · Verse 206
They (the Lokapalas) are the four noble souls who stay till the final dissolution of the world. They are Vairaja of good (brilliant) splendour, Kardama of good and merciful disposition, Parjanya of golden hair, and Ketuman offixed determination.
The Nether-worlds :* Manifestation of the Luminaries - Verse 207
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 50 · Verse 207
The guardians of the worlds are stationed in the four quarters in Lokaloka, free from Dvandvas (mutually clashing opposites) , devoid of arrogance, without an attendant, and absolutely uncontrolled by anyone else.
The Nether-worlds :* Manifestation of the Luminaries - Verse 208
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 50 · Verse 208
The path that is to the north of Agastya, south of Ajavxthland outside the path of Vaisvanara is called Pitrydna.
The Nether-worlds :* Manifestation of the Luminaries - Verse 209
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 50 · Verse 209
Stationed there in the path of Pitryana are the sages blessed with progeny who perform Agnihotras and who perpetuate the lineage of the world.
The Nether-worlds :* Manifestation of the Luminaries - Verse 210
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 50 · Verse 210
Desirous of the welfare of the worlds, they bless the activities of living beings and begin the activities of Rtviks. Theirs is the southern path.
The Nether-worlds :* Manifestation of the Luminaries - Verse 211
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 50 · Verse 211
In every Yuga they re-establish Dharma that has gone astray (being rudely shocked and shaken) by their progeny, penance, adherence to the bound of decency and persuit of learning.
The Nether-worlds :* Manifestation of the Luminaries - Verse 212
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 50 · Verse 212
The earlier ones on their death are reborn in the houses of the later ones. This series of births and deaths makes them live up to the hour of final dissolution of the universe.
The Nether-worlds :* Manifestation of the Luminaries - Verse 216
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 50 · Verse 216
The path north of NagavithI and south of the Sapta Rsis (Great Bear) is Devayana, the northern path of the sun.
The Nether-worlds :* Manifestation of the Luminaries - Verse 217
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 50 · Verse 217
The Siddhas residing there are unsullied and celibate. They hate sexual intercourse. They have conquered death.
The Nether-worlds :* Manifestation of the Luminaries - Verse 218
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 50 · Verse 218
These tfrdhvaretas sages (who have sublimated their sexual desire) are eighty thousand in number. They have resorted to the northern path of the sun and stay there till the final dissolution overtakes the universe.
The Nether-worlds :* Manifestation of the Luminaries - Verse 219
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 50 · Verse 219
In view of these pious causes they have attained deathlessness that will last as far as the final dissolution of the Bhutas (elements) . Deathlessness is predicated of those who survive till final dissolution. for sages who do not return to the path of Samsara. Others of
The Nether-worlds :* Manifestation of the Luminaries - Verse 69-70
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 50 · Verse 69-70
Half the extent of the earth is stated in terms of Yojanas. The extent of the earth towards all the sides (quarters) from the middle of Meru is said to be eleven crores and eightynine lakhs (of Yojanas) and fifty thousand 2) .
The Nether-worlds :* Manifestation of the Luminaries - Verse 15-19
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 50 · Verse 15-19
In the first nether- world, there stands the palace of the lord of Asuras, Namuci, the enemy of Indra. The following abodes too are in the first nether-world, viz. the abode of Mahanada, the city of Sankukarna, the palace of Kabandha, Nis-
The Nether-worlds :* Manifestation of the Luminaries - Verse 100-101
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 50 · Verse 100-101
It is midnight in Amaravati and the sun sets in the city of Yama. Then the sun is in midday in Vibha, the city of Soma. When the sun rises in Amaravati, it is midnight in Samyamana and the sun sets in the city of Varuna.
The Nether-worlds :* Manifestation of the Luminaries - Verse 83-85
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 50 · Verse 83-85
Beyond the solid ocean is the solid fire by which the sphere of the world is supported. Beyond and outside the solid fire is the sphere of solid wind that covers the earth on all sides round and above. Beyond the solid wind is the firmament which is surrounded by Cosmic Ego entirely. That Ego is surrounded by Mahat (the Great Principle or Intellect) which again is surrounded by the infinite Unmanifest Prakrti of unchanging form.
The Nether-worlds :* Manifestation of the Luminaries - Verse 80-81
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 50 · Verse 80-81
These seven worlds shaped in the form of umbrellas are severally supported by their own subtle outer coverings, which are ten times bigger in order. They are created with specific attributes and they support the seven worlds.
The Nether-worlds :* Manifestation of the Luminaries - Verse 77-78
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 50 · Verse 77-78
The worlds are situated above one another spreading like an umbrella with their outer spheres. They are all populated. Thus the cauldron of the Cosmic Egg has been explained.
The Nether-worlds :* Manifestation of the Luminaries - Verse 73-74
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 50 · Verse 73-74
The sphere at the extremity is thrice On being calculated thus the spherical zone of tl the earth has the overall area of eleven crores or thirty-seven thousand Yoj anas. Thus the measur extremity of the earth has been specified.
The Nether-worlds :* Manifestation of the Luminaries - Verse 120-121
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 50 · Verse 120-121
In regard to the distance traversed in Yojanas, know that it is three million one hundred and fifty thousand in full. This is the distance traversed by the sun in one Muhurta.
The Nether-worlds :* Manifestation of the Luminaries - Verse 122-124
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 50 · Verse 122-124
Traversing thus the sun reaches the southernmost limit in the month of Magha and moves * about there. The distance traversed by the sun during a day and a night is nine crores and fortyfive hundred thousand Yojanas.
The Nether-worlds :* Manifestation of the Luminaries - Verse 125-126
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 50 · Verse 125-126
When the sun returns from the south and traverses the equinox, it goes to the quarters north of the ocean of milk. Know the distance in Yoj anas, of the zone traversed during the transit in the equinox. It is thirty million and eightyone hundred thousand Yojanas.
The Nether-worlds :* Manifestation of the Luminaries - Verse 71-72
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 50 · Verse 71-72
Understand the entire extent of the of Yojanas. The extent over the four quarters is three crores one hundred and seventy-nine thous tent of the earth includes seven continents and <
The Nether-worlds :* Manifestation of the Luminaries - Verse 128-129
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 50 · Verse 128-129
The extent of the zone in the northern quarter in Yojanas as calculated by the Brahmanas is one crore eight million and fiftyeight Yojanas.
The Nether-worlds :* Manifestation of the Luminaries - Verse 13-14
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 50 · Verse 13-14
The ground surface of the first ( nether-world ) is black ; of the second, pale white ; of the third, red; of the fourth, yellow ; of the fifth, sandy, gravel-covered ; of the sixth, rocky ; and of the seventh, golden.
The Nether-worlds :* Manifestation of the Luminaries - Verse 2-3
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 50 · Verse 2-3
The earth is the mother of all beings, It is called Dhard as it sustains all animals and living beings. It is spread over with various countries and is teeming with many towns and abodes. It has many ( big) rivers, rivulets and mountains. It is crowded with all classes of people. (Hence) this extremely extensive goddess earth is praised as infinite.
The Nether-worlds :* Manifestation of the Luminaries - Verse 131-132
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 50 · Verse 131-132
I shall mention the distance in Yojanas between these two quarters. This distance is three million one hundred and three thousand three hundred and thirtythree Yojanas.
The Nether-worlds :* Manifestation of the Luminaries - Verse 64-65
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 50 · Verse 64-65
Now I shall recount the extent of the earth in Yojanas. The extent and girth (circumference) of the earth consisting of seven continents has been reckoned in proper measure in the Puranas. I shall recount that after enumerating the current Abhimanins (Deities etc. who preside or have the sense of possession etc.) .
The Nether-worlds :* Manifestation of the Luminaries - Verse 138-139
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 50 · Verse 138-139
The magnitude of this zone is twentyone thousand two hundred and twentyone Yojanas. This is the measurement of the zone calculated in Yojanas.
The Nether-worlds :* Manifestation of the Luminaries - Verse 58-59
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 50 · Verse 58-59
The extent of the earth is half of the extent of the seven oceans and continents (?). The sun and the moon illumigiven a separate chapter (1.2.21) to this and the text corresponds to our text to a great extent. These Puranic astronomical ideas—the position, size, movements of the stars etc. are of the pre-telescope age and unacceptable to-day. They are found in other Purap as also, e.g. Bh. P. V. Chs. 21-24, Mt. P. Chs. 124-128s VP. II. Chs. 8-12. 334 Vaya Parana nate the earth on its globular outer surface to the extent of the magnitude of its outer circumference. The magnitude of this outer circumference is equal to the extent of the firmament.
The Nether-worlds :* Manifestation of the Luminaries - Verse 4-5
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 50 · Verse 4-5
Water is present in rivers, oceans, small receptacles such as ponds or puddles, mountains, firmament and the bowels of the earth. Hence water should be regarded as infinite. Similarly, the element of fire pervades all the worlds. It is said to be infinite, all-pervasive and born of everything. *The Cosmic Egg is supposed to vertically as follows : I. The Upper Regions : II. The Middle Region : III. The Lower Regions or Nether Worlds: consist of fourteen worlds arranged Satya Loka _ i , Tapo Loka 4 Jana Loka Mahar Loka I Svar Loka I Bhuvar Loka The Earth (Bhur-lcka) v Atala 1 v Sutala 4Vitala I Mahatala Srltala v 330 Vayu Purana
The Nether-worlds :* Manifestation of the Luminaries - Verse 221-222
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 50 · Verse 221-222
To the north and above the world of sages, where Dhruva is said to be present, is the divine shining region of Visnu. On reaching that region none is affected by sorrow or pain. It is the greatest region of Visnu where Dharma, Dhruva and other Sadhakas of the world stay.
The Nether-worlds :* Manifestation of the Luminaries - Verse 213-215
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 50 · Verse 213-215
There are eighty thousand householder-sages resorting to the path south of the sun. They stay there* as long as the moon and the stars exist. In view of their worldly activities, the creation of living beings, natural desires and hatred, sexual intercourse and other sorts of enjoyments of pleasures as well as due to other causes, the Siddhas have resorted to cremation grounds. These sages, desirous of progeny, were born in the Dvapara age.
The Nether-worlds :* Manifestation of the Luminaries - Verse 164-165
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 50 · Verse 164-165
Then there was a terrific fight between them and the sun. The excellent Brahmanas, Devas and Brahma who had been performing the worship of Sandhya sprinkled the holy water sanctified by Orhkara and GayatrL As the water became adamantine, the Daityas were burnt.
The Nether-worlds :* Manifestation of the Luminaries - Verse 172-173
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 50 · Verse 172-173
The period of three Muhurtas from midday is called Apardhna (afternoon) . The period of three Muhurtas from afternoon is called Sayahna, There are only three (sacred?) Muhurtas out (of a day) of fifteen Muhurtas....
The Nether-worlds :* Manifestation of the Luminaries - Verse 184-185
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 50 · Verse 184-185
Twenty hundreds of Parvans (i.e. a thousand months) constitute a Yuga of the sun. These eighteen plus thirty (i.e. 48) Yugas make one Udaya of the sun. Thirty Rtas of the sun make ten Ayanas. Three thousand five hundred Ayanas make sixty months of the sun.
Movements of the Luminary Bodies - Verse 1
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 51 · Verse 1
Movements of the Luminary Bodies Suta said : While narrating the details of Svayambhuva Manvantara, events of past and future have been narrated. Now I shall recount them in their proper order.
Movements of the Luminary Bodies - Verse 2
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 51 · Verse 2
On hearing this, the sages asked Lomaharsana about the movements of the sun, the moon and the planets. The Sages enquired :
Movements of the Luminary Bodies - Verse 3
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 51 · Verse 3
How do these luminary bodies revolve in the firmament ? They all move in circular orbits and laterally. Still they do not collide with one another. Who makes them revolve ? Or do they revolve of their own accord ?
Movements of the Luminary Bodies - Verse 4
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 51 · Verse 4
O excellent one, we wish to know this. Narrate it to us. This is a matter that deludes living beings. We have a desire to hear about this. Suta said : *
Movements of the Luminary Bodies - Verse 5
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 51 · Verse 5
Listen to and know this wonderful thing which though very clear and visible, deludes people.
Movements of the Luminary Bodies - Verse 6
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 51 · Verse 6
It is Dhruva, son of Uttanapada, who is stationed at the tail-end of what appears like the Gangetic porpoise with tails *This chapter corresponds to Bd. P. I. 2.22. 348 Vayu Purana towards the four quarters in the sky.1 He has become the pivotal peg in the sky.
Movements of the Luminary Bodies - Verse 7
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 51 · Verse 7
It revolves itself and makes the sun and the moon revolve along with the planets. While it revolves like a wheel, the stars follow it.
Movements of the Luminary Bodies - Verse 11
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 51 · Verse 11
Rain, heat, snow, night, twilight, day and the auspicious and inauspicious events befalling the subjects—everything begins to function from Dhruva.
Movements of the Luminary Bodies - Verse 12
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 51 · Verse 12
The sun covers the stars etc. activised by Dhruva and stands by. Hence his rays are illuminated. The sun is the deadly fire (that ends the world) .
Movements of the Luminary Bodies - Verse 13
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 51 · Verse 13
O Brahmanas, in the course of his revolution, the sun brightens the quarters by his brilliance. With the mass of his rays in the company of the wind all round, O excellent Brahmanas, the sun takes up the waters of the universe,
Movements of the Luminary Bodies - Verse 14
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 51 · Verse 14
The water drunk in by the sun gets transferred to the moon from the solar fire. Through the Nadis (tubular veins) full of wind the activity of sustaining the worlds begins.
Movements of the Luminary Bodies - Verse 15
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 51 · Verse 15
What exudes from the moonj the sun receives at its tips. When the wind blows the clouds let it shower on the earth.
Movements of the Luminary Bodies - Verse 16
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 51 · Verse 16
Thus the water is poured and it falls again and again. The same water assumes various shapes.3
Movements of the Luminary Bodies - Verse 17
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 51 · Verse 17
For the up-keep of the living beings, Maya has been created. The three worlds including the mobile and immobile beings are pervaded by this Maya. 2* Bh. P.V. 23.2 attributes this driving power to Kala (Time). though the concept of water-cycle is archaic.
Movements of the Luminary Bodies - Verse 51
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 51 · Verse 51
18-28 349
Movements of the Luminary Bodies - Verse 52
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 51 · Verse 52
Controlled by Dhruva, the sun causes the rainfall through these two (types) of clouds. The wind encompassed by Dhruva withdraws the rain.
Movements of the Luminary Bodies - Verse 53
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 51 · Verse 53
The wind starts from the planet sun and traverses the entire stellar zone. At the end of the day it enters the sun encompassed by Dhruva.
Movements of the Luminary Bodies - Verse 54
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 51 · Verse 54
Now listen to the description of the Sun’s Chariot.1 It has one wheel with five spokes and three naves .
Movements of the Luminary Bodies - Verse 55
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 51 · Verse 55
The Lord Sun goes ahead on his Chariot that has golden wheel, that is very powerful, that has knotty joints, that has six-fold rim and one felly, which dispells darkness on the way.
Movements of the Luminary Bodies - Verse 56
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 51 · Verse 56
Its width is ten thousand Yojanas. Its length from the middle (cockpit) to the shaft is twice of it (twenty thousand Yojanas) . specific purpose. It is divine and golden. Swift horses have been yoked to it.
Movements of the Luminary Bodies - Verse 58
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 51 · Verse 58
It is the Vedic metres that have assumed the forms of the horses. It is stationed in the sphere of Sukra (Venus) . It has the characteristics similar to those of Varuna’s chariot. In this shining Chariot the Sun traverses the sky.
Movements of the Luminary Bodies - Verse 59
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 51 · Verse 59
These parts of the Chariot of the Sun are fashioned out of the parts of the year in due order.
Movements of the Luminary Bodies - Verse 60
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 51 · Verse 60
The day is the nave of the wheel. The Chariot has one wheel. The spokes are the five seasons and the rim is the sixth season.
Movements of the Luminary Bodies - Verse 61
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 51 · Verse 61
The year is the inner seat of the Chariot ; the two Ayanas are the two shafts ; the Mnhurtas are the fastening ropes and the Kolas are the pins of the yoke.
Movements of the Luminary Bodies - Verse 62
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 51 · Verse 62
The Kasihds constitute its nose and the Ksanas (moments) make up the shaft ; the Nimesas are the axle-trees and the Lavas make up the poles.
Movements of the Luminary Bodies - Verse 63
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 51 · Verse 63
The night is the frontal fender; Dharma is its highly rising banner. Artha and Kama are the two tips of the pole and axle.
Movements of the Luminary Bodies - Verse 66
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 51 · Verse 66
The axle turns along with the wheel * Dhruva turns along with the axle. Urged by Dhruva the axle turns along with the wheel. the chariot. By means of the parts joined together a shining chariot is fashioned out.
Movements of the Luminary Bodies - Verse 70
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 51 · Verse 70
Handled by Dhruva the tips of the pole and the axle on the right side of the chariot appear like white reins in a chariot of two wheels.
Movements of the Luminary Bodies - Verse 71
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 51 · Verse 71
The two rays (reins) follow the whirling Dhruva. The tips of the pole and axle of the chariot are wind-waves.
Movements of the Luminary Bodies - Verse 74
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 51 · Verse 74
When these are dragged by Dhruva, the Sun takes the internal revolutions.
Movements of the Luminary Bodies - Verse 72-73
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 51 · Verse 72-73
Just as the rope tied to a peg revolves in all directions, so the two rays (reins) shrink in the zones in the Uttarayana. They increase in the Daksinayana. The two reins handled by Dhruva lead the Sun.
Movements of the Luminary Bodies - Verse 64-65
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 51 · Verse 64-65
The seven Vedic metres, viz. Gayatri, Tristup, Anustup, Jagati, Pahktij Brhati and Usnik 3 have assumed the forms of horses and bear the burden. The wheel is fixed to the axle and the axle is fastened to Dhruva.
Movements of the Luminary Bodies - Verse 8-10
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 51 · Verse 8-10
The group of stars moves at the will of Dhruva. 2 The sun, the moon, the fixed and moving stars and the planets are bound to Dhruva through the bonds in the form of groups of winds. It is from Dhruva that their combination, difference, seasonal movement, rising and setting, portentious phenomena, southern and northern transit, the equinoxes and colours begin to function.
Movements of the Luminary Bodies - Verse 68-69
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 51 · Verse 68-69
With that the lord Sun moves quickly in the heaven. There are two reins of the chariot tied to the tips of the pole and the axle. Propelled by Dhruva the chariot moves in the sky in a circular fashion.
Movements of the Luminary Bodies - Verse 75-76
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 51 · Verse 75-76
The Sun thus traverses the one hundred and eighty circular zones of the two quarters. When the reins are released by Dhruva, it revolves round the external zones. Encircling them the Sun moves fast round the zones. 354 Vayu Parana
Movement of Dhruva - Verse 1
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 52 · Verse 1
Movement of Dhruva Suta said : That chariot is occupied by the Devas, Adityas, Sages, Gandharvas, Apsaras-s, Gramanis (Yaksas) , Serpents and Raksasas1 . «
Movement of Dhruva - Verse 19
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 52 · Verse 19
Here Devas, Sages and Gandharvas represent light and immortality—the actinic portion of the Solar Spectra. The Serpents, Gramanis (Yaksas) and Raksasas signify heat or death, the thermal field of the Spectra. This Heptad of the Sun signifies the mutual difference in the different “wavelengths” of the seven colours. This may be regarded as Puranic VIBGYOR.
Movement of Dhruva - Verse 52
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 52 · Verse 52
6-23 355
Movement of Dhruva - Verse 58
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 52 · Verse 58
They decline and decrease in the dark half and develop and nourish in the bright half. Thus the body of the Moon is developed fully by the vigour of the Sun.
Movement of Dhruva - Verse 59
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 52 · Verse 59
Developing gradually in the bright half day by day, the Moon attains completion on the full moon day.
Movement of Dhruva - Verse 60
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 52 · Verse 60
Beginning with the second day in the dark half and ending with the fourteenth day Devas drink the watery wine, the nectar of the Moon that is essentially made up of water and that by nature consists of tasty essence.
Movement of Dhruva - Verse 63
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 52 · Verse 63
The digits being drunk decline gradually in the dark half and become refilled in the bright half.
Movement of Dhruva - Verse 64
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 52 · Verse 64
When days pass on gradually Devas drink the Moon for half a month until the new-moon day and go away. On the new-moon day Pitrs resort to the Moon.
Movement of Dhruva - Verse 65
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 52 · Verse 65
When the fifteenth part of the digits is left over in the later part of the day, that part is used up by the groups of Pitrs. *
Movement of Dhruva - Verse 66
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 52 · Verse 66
The remaining digit is drunk by Pitrs during the period of two Kalas. From the lunar rays the nectar of Svadha comes out on the new-moon night. They drink the nectar and remain content for a month. They attain immortality.
Movement of Dhruva - Verse 67
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 52 · Verse 67
All these (following) are Pitrs : Saumyas, Barhisads, Agnisvattas and Kavyas.
Movement of Dhruva - Verse 68
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 52 · Verse 68
The years, which are enumerated by Brahmanas as five, are Kavyas. Saumyas should be known as Rtus (Seasons ) and Barhisads are remembered as Masas (Months) . Agnisvattas are Artavas (Fertility period?) and these are the creations of the Pitrs, O Brahmanas. -71 is being drunk by Pitrs on the is reWhen the ght i.e. Amavasya, the last digit is left The increase and decrease of the Moon are on teenth day (at the beginning of each next half) . Thus the increase and the decrease of the Moon are caused by the Sim. I shall now mention the increase and decrease of the stars and and also describe the chariot
Movement of Dhruva - Verse 72
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 52 · Verse 72
The chariot of the son of the is bright, full of watery splendour. It is v eight tawny horses and can move as fast as
Movement of Dhruva - Verse 73
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 52 · Verse 73
The chariot resembles cloud. It has 360 Vayu Parana fender and the axle-tree at the bottom. The charioteer is divine and great. It has all the fittings, banner and flag-staff.
Movement of Dhruva - Verse 76
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 52 · Verse 76
The chariot of Mars is glorious and golden. It is yoked with eight red, unimpeded horses. They are born of fire, and they can go everywhere. (Mars) traverses the signs of zodiac in straight, curved and circular lines.
Movement of Dhruva - Verse 77
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 52 · Verse 77
Then the scholarly preceptor of Devas, Brhaspati (Jupiter) of the family of Angiras, moves ahead in his golden chariot yoked with red horses.
Movement of Dhruva - Verse 78
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 52 · Verse 78
Eight horses as speedy, as the wind and divine in nature, are yoked to it. In a constellation this planet stays for a year; then he traverses quickly. 7<h Sanaiscara (Saturn) rides in a chariot made of black iron and traverses slowly. His horses are variegated in colour. They are born of the ether.
Movement of Dhruva - Verse 80
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 52 · Verse 80
Rahu s chariot is of Tamasic nature (dark-coloured) Eight black horses, as speedy as the mind, are yoked to it.
Movement of Dhruva - Verse 81
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 52 · Verse 81
Leaving the Sun, Rahu rushes at the Moon during the lunar Parvan (i.e. the Full-Moon). Leaving the Moon it rushes at the Sun during the solar Parvan (i.e. the New-Moon day).
Movement of Dhruva - Verse 82
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 52 · Verse 82
Horses yoked to the chariot of Ketu are eight. They are as speedy as the wind. They have the colour like smoke from burning straw. They are strong. They are tawny (and variegated in colour) like donkeys.
Movement of Dhruva - Verse 83
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 52 · Verse 83
These horses of the planets I have explained along with their chariots. They are fastened to Dhruva by gaseous rays.
Movement of Dhruva - Verse 84
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 52 · Verse 84
Being fastened by invisible gaseous rays, these (planets) being whirled, revolve in an orderly manner.
Movement of Dhruva - Verse 85
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 52 · Verse 85
Being bound to Dhruva, the Moon, the Sun and the planets move about in the firmament. The planetary system united to Dhruva follows it as it whirls.
Movement of Dhruva - Verse 86
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 52 · Verse 86
Just as a boat is carried along by the water in a river, so the abodes of Devas are carried by the gaseous rays. Hence all the groups of Devas are seen in the firmament by everyone.
Movement of Dhruva - Verse 87
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 52 · Verse 87
There are as many gaseous rays as there are stars. They are tied to Dhruva. They whirl Dhruva and whirl by themselves.
Movement of Dhruva - Verse 88
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 52 · Verse 88
Just as oil-crushers whirl and cause the wheel (of an oil-mill) to whirl, so also do the luminaries fixed (to Dhruva) on all sides by gaseous rays (bonds).
Movement of Dhruva - Verse 89
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 52 · Verse 89
They move about like a fire-brand on being urged by the whirling wind. Since the wind bears the luminary bodies, it is called Pravaha.
Movement of Dhruva - Verse 90
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 52 · Verse 90
Thus the cluster of the luminary bodies united to Dhruva traverses the firmament. The Gangetic porpoise-like appearance in the sky made up of the stars is Dhruva. If it is seen in the night, the sin committed during the day is quelled.
Movement of Dhruva - Verse 91
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 52 · Verse 91
Persons looking at Dhruva regularly live for as many years, or even more, as there are stars in the “Gangetic porpoise’ 3 in the firmament. 1 its various divisions. Its upper jaw is known as Uttanapada.
Movement of Dhruva - Verse 93
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 52 · Verse 93
Its lower j aw is Yajna. Dharma resorts to the top of its head. Narayana abides in its heart and Asvins stay in its forelegs.
Movement of Dhruva - Verse 94
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 52 · Verse 94
Varuna and Aryaman are its hind thighs. Samvatsara is its penis and Mitra resorts to its anus.
Movement of Dhruva - Verse 95
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 52 · Verse 95
In its tail are Agni, Mahendra, Marici, Kasyapa and Dhruva. The four stars (?) and the Gangetic porpoise do not set.
Movement of Dhruva - Verse 96
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 52 · Verse 96
The stars. Moon, Sun, planets and constellations stay in the sky with face up or in front. They are in the form of a wheel.
Movement of Dhruva - Verse 97
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 52 · Verse 97
These are presided over by Dhruva. They circumambulate Dhruva which acts like the pivotal peg in the firmament.
Movement of Dhruva - Verse 98
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 52 · Verse 98
Among Dhruva, Agni and Kasyapa Dhruva is the most excellent. It alone whirls round at the top of the mountain Meru.
Movement of Dhruva - Verse 99
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 52 · Verse 99
With its face downwards it attracts the group of luminaries. Looking at Meru, it circumambulates it.
Movement of Dhruva - Verse 53-54
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 52 · Verse 53-54
The names of the ten horses are—Yayu, Trimanas, Vrsa, Rajivala, Haya, Varna, Turanya, Haihsa, Vyomin and Mrga. They carry the Moon till the close of the day (?)
Movement of Dhruva - Verse 74-75
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 52 · Verse 74-75
The chariot of Bhargava ( Venus) is glorious. In refulgence it resembles the Sun. It is yoked with excellent horses born of the earth and having various colours. They are white (tawny), brown, blue, yellow, red, black, green, spotted and variegated. All the ten are highly blessed. They are not lean. They have the speed of the wind.
Movement of Dhruva - Verse 61-62
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 52 · Verse 61-62
By the brilliance of the Sun the nectar is collected and prepared in the course of a fortnight. On the full moon night Devas, Pitrs and the Sages attend the Moon facing the Sun.
Movement of Dhruva - Verse 2-5
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 52 · Verse 2-5
The following reside in the Sun in succession for a period of two months each2 . Among them (gods ) Dhatr, Aryama, (sages) Pulastya, Pulaha the Prajapati, the Serpents (Nagas) Vasuki and Sankirnara, ( Gandharvas) Turhburu and Narada, the foremost among the singing Gandharvas, the Apsaras-s Kratusthalx and Punjikasthali, Gramanis or Yaksas Rathakrcchra, Taporya3 (?) , Raksasas and Yatudhanas Heti and Praheti—these reside in the Sun during the months of Madhu and Madhava4 (i. e. Caitra and Vaisakha) . [These are the months in the season Vasanta (the Spring) ]
Movement of Dhruva - Verse 55-57
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 52 · Verse 55-57
The gentle Moon goes ahead surrounded by Devas and Pitrs. In the beginning of the bright half when the Sun is in front, the interior of the city of the Moon is filled duly everyday. The Sun develops the Moon drunk by Devas in the declining fortnight. The Moon is drunk for fifteen days and the Sun replenishes one part everyday. Nourished by Susumna the white digits flourish.
Arrangement ofLuminaries - Verse 1
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 53 · Verse 1
Arrangement ofLuminaries Sdmsapayana said : Hearing this the sages became doubtful. They asked Lomaharsana again for its clarification. The Sages said :
Arrangement ofLuminaries - Verse 2
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 53 · Verse 2
Sir, you have mentioned the famous abodes of Devas. How are these abodes ? How are these luminaries ? Please describe.
Arrangement ofLuminaries - Verse 3
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 53 · Verse 3
Please say everything precisely about luminaries. On hearing their words the pious Suta said :
Arrangement ofLuminaries - Verse 4
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 53 · Verse 4
I shall explain to you what has been mentioned by great intellectuals of perfect knowledge, in connection with the origin of the Sun, the Moon, how the Moon and the Sun are the abodes of gods.
Arrangement ofLuminaries - Verse 5
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 53 · Verse 5
Now I shall mention the origin of three fires1 : celestial, elemental (atmospheric) and terrestrial.
Arrangement ofLuminaries - Verse 6
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 53 · Verse 6
When the great night came (lit. dawned) on Brahma, born of the Unmanifest, the universe became undefined and enveloped by nocturnal darkness.
Arrangement ofLuminaries - Verse 53
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 53 · Verse 53
7-19 363
Arrangement ofLuminaries - Verse 54
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 53 · Verse 54
The root yAu means £ to throb5 and c to exude. 5 Since it diffuses light and exudes water it is called “Samtf\
Arrangement ofLuminaries - Verse 55
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 53 · Verse 55
The root Vcad which gives the word ‘Candra5 has many meanings : c to delight, 5 c to sparkle5 , c to act as nectar5 and c to be cool. 5
Arrangement ofLuminaries - Verse 58
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 53 · Verse 58
Devas resorting to the stars, the Sun and the planets enter these spots in all the Manvantaras.
Arrangement ofLuminaries - Verse 59
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 53 · Verse 59
These abodes of Devas are named after them. The Sun enters the abode Santa ; the Moon enters the abode Saumya.
Arrangement ofLuminaries - Verse 60
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 53 · Verse 60
The valorous sixteen-rayed Sukra (Venus) enters the abode Saukra. Brhaspati (Jupiter) enters the abode BrhaV Lohita (Mars) enters the abode Lauhita : Sanaiscara (SatnrnN enters the abode Sanaticara .
Arrangement ofLuminaries - Verse 61
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 53 · Verse 61
The planets are brightly ilhiminated due to their contact with the rays of the Sun.1 The diameter of the Sun is nine thousand Yojanas.
Arrangement ofLuminaries - Verse 62
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 53 · Verse 62
The girth of the Sun is three times its diameter. The width of the Moon is twice that of the Sun.
Arrangement ofLuminaries - Verse 63
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 53 · Verse 63
Equal to them, Svarbhanu (Rahu) goes beneath. The planet Rahu is created in globular form out of the shadow ofthe earth.
Arrangement ofLuminaries - Verse 66
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 53 · Verse 66
The magnitude of the diameter and girth of Bhargava (Venus) is one sixteenth of that of the Moon.
Arrangement ofLuminaries - Verse 67
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 53 · Verse 67
Brhaspati (Jupiter) is three-fourths of the planet Venus in size. Kuja (Mars) and Saura (Saturn) are threefourths of Jupiter in the size. Budha (Mercury) is three-fourths of each of them in width and girth.
Arrangement ofLuminaries - Verse 68
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 53 · Verse 68
(Heavenly) bodies, and constellations seen in the sky are equal to Mercury in width and girth.
Arrangement ofLuminaries - Verse 71
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 53 · Verse 71
The three planets Saturn, Mars and Jupiter, move far above the other planets. They go slowly and their movements are crooked as well.
Arrangement ofLuminaries - Verse 72
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 53 · Verse 72
The four great planets—the Sun, Moon, Mercury and Venus, have their orbits below. They move swiftly.
Arrangement ofLuminaries - Verse 73
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 53 · Verse 73
There are crores of constellations and as many stars too. The way (orbit) of the stars is well arranged through the control of Vithis.
Arrangement ofLuminaries - Verse 74
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 53 · Verse 74
In the order of his transit, the movement of the Sun is either above or below. When the Moon is in the northern sphere during Parvans, Budha and Svarbhanu occupy their own abodes.
Arrangement ofLuminaries - Verse 75
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 53 · Verse 75
The stars occupy their own abodes. These luminaries are the abodes of pious persons.
Arrangement ofLuminaries - Verse 76
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 53 · Verse 76
The abodes are created by the Self-born Deity at the beginning of the Kalpa. They stay upto the dissolution of all living beings.
Arrangement ofLuminaries - Verse 77
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 53 · Verse 77
These are the abodes of the deities in all Manvantaras. These deities identify themselves with these abodes and stay till the final dissolution.
Arrangement ofLuminaries - Verse 78
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 53 · Verse 78
The abodes of those who have gone have vanished. The abodes of the future Devas and Asuras will be created along with them. The present groups of Devas stay in those abodes.
Arrangement ofLuminaries - Verse 79
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 53 · Verse 79
In this Manvantara, the planets reside in aerial cars. In the Vaivasvata Manvantara the Sun is born of Aditi and is called Vivasvat.
Arrangement ofLuminaries - Verse 80
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 53 · Verse 80
Tvisimat, the son of Dharma, known as Vasu is the lord Moon. The lord Sukra, king of Asuras, is known as Bhargava (Venus).
Arrangement ofLuminaries - Verse 81
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 53 · Verse 81
The excessively refulgent lord Brhaspati, son of Angiras, is the preceptor of Devas. Budha is charming and is known as the son of Tvisi.
Arrangement ofLuminaries - Verse 82
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 53 · Verse 82
Agni was alternatively born as the youthful lord of Lohita (Mars). The daughters of Daksa resort to the stars and constellations.
Arrangement ofLuminaries - Verse 83
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 53 · Verse 83
Svarbhanu is the son of Simhika, who, being a demon, harasses all living creatures. Thus the deities identifying themselves with the Moon, the Sun, planents and stars have been recounted.
Arrangement ofLuminaries - Verse 84
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 53 · Verse 84
Thus the abodes and their resident deities are mentioned. The abode of the thousand-rayed Sun is full of fire and sparkling.
Arrangement ofLuminaries - Verse 85
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 53 · Verse 85
The abode of the thousand-rayed Moon is full' of water and sparkling white. The abode of the five-rayed charming planet Budha is dark in colour.
Arrangement ofLuminaries - Verse 86
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 53 · Verse 86
The abode of the sixteen-rayed Venus is full of water. The abode of the nine-rayed Mars is full of water and red in colour.
Arrangement ofLuminaries - Verse 87
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 53 · Verse 87
The abode of the twelve-rayed Brhaspati is green. It is full of water. The abode of the light-rayed Saturn is dark in colour. It is full of water.
Arrangement ofLuminaries - Verse 88
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 53 · Verse 88
The abode of Svarbhanu is dark. It is harassing all living beings. The constellations are singie-ra and full of water.
Arrangement ofLuminaries - Verse 89
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 53 · Verse 89
They are the abodes of persons of pious fame are bright and white in colour. They are of the nature water. They are created in the beginning of the Kalpa in accordance with the Vedas.
Arrangement ofLuminaries - Verse 92
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 53 · Verse 92
Hence, the Moon stationed in 370 Vayu. Purina invariably seen during the new moon day m the southern "f” fl
Arrangement ofLuminaries - Verse 93
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 53 · Verse 93
By virtue of the movement of luminaries, the Sun and the Moon rise and set at the same time during the equinox.
Arrangement ofLuminaries - Verse 94
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 53 · Verse 94
In the northern pathways, they rise and set at different times. During the new moon and full moon days they follow the circle of luminaries. ,
Arrangement ofLuminaries - Verse 95
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 53 · Verse 95
When the Sun is stationed in the southern path, he moves beneath the planets.
Arrangement ofLuminaries - Verse 96
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 53 · Verse 96
Making his orb extensive, the Moon traverses the orbit above (the Sun). The entire multitude of stars moves above the Moon. _ - ,
Arrangement ofLuminaries - Verse 97
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 53 · Verse 97
Mercury is above the stars; Jupiter is above Mercury, Saturn is above Jupiter; and still above is the zone of Seven Sages (Great Bear) Dhruva (Pole Star) is above the Seven 98 The intermediate distances between the stars and the planets are above two hundred thousand Yojanas and vary in individual cases (obscure Text) .
Arrangement ofLuminaries - Verse 99
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 53 · Verse 99
The planets, the Sun and the Moon come into contact with the stars everyday in the sky by their divine splendour and they separate also in the due order.
Arrangement ofLuminaries - Verse 100
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 53 · Verse 100
The Sun, stars and the planets may be either below or above or in the middle. When they come together or separate from one another, people see them simultaneously.
Arrangement ofLuminaries - Verse 101
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 53 · Verse 101
They stay in juxtaposition with one another coming into mutual contact. But their communion is free from intermixture.
Arrangement ofLuminaries - Verse 104
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 53 · Verse 104
Vivasvan, the son of Aditi, the first among the planets, ie. the Sun-god, was born under the constellation Visakha in the Gaksusa Manvantara.
Arrangement ofLuminaries - Verse 105
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 53 · Verse 105
The brilliant Moon-god Visvavasu, the son of Dharma* P reads: Te catesu vasanti vail ‘Those who stay in them5
Arrangement ofLuminaries - Verse 106
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 53 · Verse 106
After the Sun, Sukra (Venus), son of Bhrgu, endowed with sixteen rays, who is next to the Sun is the most excellent among constellations and planets. He is born in the constellation Tisya fPusva) .
Arrangement ofLuminaries - Verse 107
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 53 · Verse 107
The planet Bfhaspati (Jupiter) of twelve fiery * 9 X X f 4 flames, who is the son of Angiras and is the preceptor of the universe was born under the constellation Phalguni (Purva Phalguni in Bd. P) .
Arrangement ofLuminaries - Verse 108
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 53 · Verse 108
It is reported that the nine-rayed, red-bodied planet (Mars), son of Prajapati, is born under the constellation Purvasadha.• n
Arrangement ofLuminaries - Verse 109
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 53 · Verse 109
The seven-rayed planet, Saturn, son ofthe Sun, is born under the constellation Revati. The planets harassing the Sun and the Moon are born under the constellation Rohinl. #
Arrangement ofLuminaries - Verse 110
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 53 · Verse 110
These stars and planets beginning with Sukra (Venus) should be comprehended ( properly) because they attain evil propensities when the constellation of nativity is afflicted. They are affected by that defect (and are redeemed) due to devotion to the planets.
Arrangement ofLuminaries - Verse 111
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 53 · Verse 111
Aditya (the Sun) is called the first among these planets. Among the stellar planets Sukra is the first. Among the comets ( Ketu) is the first.
Arrangement ofLuminaries - Verse 112
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 53 · Verse 112
Dhruva (Pole Star) is the pivotal peg among the planets divided in the four quarters . Among the stars, Sravistha (Dhanistha) is the most excellent ; among the Ayanas (Transits) the Uttarayana (northern transit) is the most excellent.
Arrangement ofLuminaries - Verse 113
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 53 · Verse 113
Among the five years the first is Samvatsara; among the seasons Sisira (late winter) is the first ; among months Magha is the first.*
Arrangement ofLuminaries - Verse 114
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 53 · Verse 114
Among the fortnights the bright half is excellent; among the Tithis ( days of the lunar fortnight ) Pratipat (the first day) is excellent ; in the divisions of days and nights day is declared excellent. *This shows that new year began in Magha. 372 Vayu Purana
Arrangement ofLuminaries - Verse 115
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 53 · Verse 115
Among the Muhurtas, the first is excellent. It has Rudra for its deity. Nimesa (the time taken in the winking of the eyes) is excellent among the units of time. So is the opinion of those who know Time.
Arrangement ofLuminaries - Verse 116
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 53 · Verse 116
Beginning with Sravistha (Dhanistha) and ending with Sravana there shall be the Yuga of five years . As a result of the rotation of the Sun, it revolves like a wheel.
Arrangement ofLuminaries - Verse 117
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 53 · Verse 117
Hence the Sun is remembered as K.ala (Time) . Know that he is thelsvara (Lord) , the activiser of the four types of living beings and their destroyer as well.
Arrangement ofLuminaries - Verse 118
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 53 · Verse 118
Thus, this is the regulated arrangement of luminaries as a decisive feature ofthe affairs of the world. It is evolved by the Lord for the regular functioning of the world.
Arrangement ofLuminaries - Verse 119
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 53 · Verse 119
It is born of Sravana and consolidated in Dhruva. It extends all round in the form of a circle.*
Arrangement ofLuminaries - Verse 120
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 53 · Verse 120
It was told (ordained) so intelligently at the beginning of Kalpa by the Lord. He is the supporter and the Abhimdnin (the identifier) with all. He is the Soul of luminary bodies. He is the cosmic form, a miraculous transformation of Pradkana.
Arrangement ofLuminaries - Verse 121
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 53 · Verse 121
The movement of the luminaries among human beings cannot be precisely observed by the physical eye, nor can it be narrated exactly by anyone.
Arrangement ofLuminaries - Verse 122
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 53 · Verse 122
By means of scriptures, inference, perception and reasoning, after scrutinizing intelligently and carefully, a learned man should entertain sufficient faith in it.
Arrangement ofLuminaries - Verse 123
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 53 · Verse 123
O excellent among intelligent beings, these five functions are the means for ascertaining the true positions of the luminary bodies, viz. the eye, scriptures, water, written documents and mathematical calculations. *prxk§akara is probabaly a misprint for Vrttakara as in Bd. P. 1.2.24.148.
Arrangement ofLuminaries - Verse 102-103
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 53 · Verse 102-103
Thus I have described to you the position of the luminaries on the earth and that also of the continents,, oceans, mountains, sub-continents and rivers where they are situated* . These self-same planets formerly originated from the stars.
Arrangement ofLuminaries - Verse 90-91
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 53 · Verse 90-91
Because of his loftiness, the Sun is seen quickly his bright rays. The Sun stationed in the Nagavithi, southern transit, is encompassed by the line of the Earth full moon and new moon days. He is not seen at the usual ti and he sets early.
Arrangement ofLuminaries - Verse 56-57
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 53 · Verse 56-57
The divine and sparkling orbs of the Sun Tiri the Moon are in the sky. They sparkle like blazing fire. They are auspicious and they resemble a circular jar. The orb of the Moon is of solid water and the orb of the Sun is of solid refulgence.
Arrangement ofLuminaries - Verse 64-65
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 53 · Verse 64-65
The dark abode of Svarbhanu is fashioned out of darkness. During full moon days becomes out of the Sun and goes to the Moon. From the Moon he goes to the Sun ( during called Svarbhanu.
Arrangement ofLuminaries - Verse 69-70
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 53 · Verse 69-70
One conversant with reality should know that the stars are usually in conjunction with the Moon. The stars and constellations differ from one another by five hundred, four hundred, three hundred and two hundred Yojanas as well. The spheres of the stars are lesser than the earlier ones. There is no star smaller than the ones with one and a half Yojanas.
Hymn to Nilakantha - Verse 1
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 54 · Verse 1
Hymn to Nilakantha The Sages said : O excessively refulgent sage, in which land has this holy and excellent incident happened in regard to persons progressing in Brahman ? At what time? Narrate this exactly in the manner it happened. Suta said :
Hymn to Nilakantha - Verse 6
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 54 · Verse 6
By means of Rk, Yajus and Saman Mantras, dances, songs and worships, by Omkara and obeisance they always worship Siva. 7-9 The (heavenly ) luminaries had come up. The Sun had reached the middle of the sky, the sages who had been performing sacred rites and discussing the holy story were so exhausted as to feel that life just clung to them. Then Vayu said, “Obeisance to the blue-necked !” On hearing that the eighty-eight thousand sages of sublimated sexuality, who were known as Valakhilyas, whose souls had been purified and who had performed holy rites, who were constant devotees of the Sun and whose diet was cofined to wind, leaves and water, asked the Wind-god :
Hymn to Nilakantha - Verse 12
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 54 · Verse 12
We wish to hear it particularly from your mouth. Whatever is uttered by you, whatsoever words come out ofyour mouth are full of meanings.
Hymn to Nilakantha - Verse 13
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 54 · Verse 13
When breath touches the proper place of articulation, then the activity of speech begins . Knowledge at the outset and desire afterwards gets activated from you, O Vayu.
Hymn to Nilakantha - Verse 14
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 54 · Verse 14
If you are motionless, the functions of sound cease. Where speech has ceased, the sustenance of body becomes difficult.
Hymn to Nilakantha - Verse 15
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 54 · Verse 15
Even there, there is your excellence, O Vayu, you are all-pervasive. O Wind-god, there is no god other than you who is all-pervasive.
Hymn to Nilakantha - Verse 16
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 54 · Verse 16
O Vayu, this world of living beings is directly visible to you from everywhere. You know the lord of speeches, Isvara, the leader (controller) of the mind.
Hymn to Nilakantha - Verse 17
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 54 · Verse 17
Tell us how was the deformity of the neck of Siva brought about ? On hearing the words of the sages of pious souls, Vayu who possessed great brilliance and was honoured by the entire world, replied to them : Vayu said :
Hymn to Nilakantha - Verse 18
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 54 · Verse 18
' Formerly, in the Kjtayuga there was a Brahmana Vasistha. He was a mental son of Brahma. He was a righteous soul interested (expert) in deciding the (meaning of the) Vedas.
Hymn to Nilakantha - Verse 54
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 54 · Verse 54
22-43 375 Vasistha said :
Hymn to Nilakantha - Verse 55
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 54 · Verse 55
On hearing the words of Brahma, the great Atman, the leaders of Devas, Daityas and Danavas spoke thus in the company of sages :
Hymn to Nilakantha - Verse 56
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 54 · Verse 56
“When the ocean was being churned by the noble Devas and Asuras, the poison resembling serpents, bees and blue clouds appeared before us. It was terrible and bright as the fire at dissolution of the Universe.
Hymn to Nilakantha - Verse 57
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 54 · Verse 57
It has come up like Black Death; it has the splendour of the sun at the close ofYugas; it has the refulgence of the sun about to destroy the three worlds; it sparkles allround.
Hymn to Nilakantha - Verse 58
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 54 · Verse 58
Visnu whose complexion was fair and reddish has been burnt by the poison that rises with lustre of black fire. He has turned black (in complexion) .
Hymn to Nilakantha - Verse 59
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 54 · Verse 59
On seeing the whitish red-complexioned Janardana rendered black, all of us got frightened. We seek refuge in you55 . 378 Vayu Purana
Hymn to Nilakantha - Verse 60
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 54 · Verse 60
On hearing the words of Devas and Asuras, (Brahma) of great splendour replied, desiring the welfare of the worlds :
Hymn to Nilakantha - Verse 63
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 54 · Verse 63
Neither Visnu nor I nor the leading Devas can bear the brunt of that poison, excepting Siva. 55
Hymn to Nilakantha - Verse 64
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 54 · Verse 64
After saying this, the lotus-born Brahma, grandfather of the worlds, the deity who has the lustre of the interior of the lotus and he who is not born of a womb, began to pray :
Hymn to Nilakantha - Verse 65
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 54 · Verse 65
“O Virupaksa, obeisance to you of many eyes, who wields Pinaka bow and thunderbolt in the hands. 1
Hymn to Nilakantha - Verse 66
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 54 · Verse 66
Obeisance to you, Lord of the three worlds. Hail to you. Lord of living beings, the destroyer of Asuras, the threeeyed sage.
Hymn to Nilakantha - Verse 67
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 54 · Verse 67
Obeisance to you who are Brahma, Rudra and Visnu. Bow to you (the deity of) Samkhya and Yoga and (to you) who are the aggregate of Bhutas.
Hymn to Nilakantha - Verse 68
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 54 · Verse 68
Obeisance to you, the destroyer of (the body) of Kama, the slayer of Kala. Hail to you, Rudra, the Lord and god of Devas.
Hymn to Nilakantha - Verse 69
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 54 · Verse 69
(Obeisance to you) with matted hair, terrible (yet) propititious, bearer of a skull, the multiformed (yet) singleformed Siva, the bestower of boons.
Hymn to Nilakantha - Verse 70
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 54 · Verse 70
Obeisance to you, the destroyer of Tripuras, the lord of Mothers and worthy of respect. Obeisance to you the enlightened, pure, liberated and absolute one.
Hymn to Nilakantha - Verse 71
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 54 · Verse 71
Obeisance to you, the lord holding lotus in the hand, the quarter-clad, the tufted lord, the maker of three worlds. Bow to Gandra and Varuna.
Hymn to Nilakantha - Verse 72
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 54 · Verse 72
Obeisance to you, the foremost of the fierce, the sage, of many eyes, possessed of Rajas, Sattva and Tamas and to one of unmanifest source of origin. equated with Para-Brahman & the highest encomium is offered to him. We find Siva so glorified in Tait. Sam. IV. 5 (Rudradhyaya) . It can be claimed as a source of Purajguc Sakasra-namas.
Hymn to Nilakantha - Verse 73
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 54 · Verse 73
Obeisance to the eternal, non-eternal and eternal-cumnon-eternal one ; to the manifest, unmanifest and manifest-cumunmanifest.
Hymn to Nilakantha - Verse 74
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 54 · Verse 74
Obeisance to the comprehensible, incomprehensible and comphrehensible-cum-incomprehensible one, to the Deity quelling the distress of devotees. Obeisance to you who are NaraNarayana.1
Hymn to Nilakantha - Verse 75
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 54 · Verse 75
Obeisance to you the lover of Uma, obeisance to Sarva; obeisance to you, the deity marked by Nandicakra; obeisance to you who are fortnight, month and half a month; obeisance to you who are Sarhvatsara.
Hymn to Nilakantha - Verse 76
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 54 · Verse 76
Hail to you, the multi-formed, shaven-headed, staffbearing, armoured god. Obeisance to the bearer of a skull, the quarter-clad (naked), tuft-bearing god.
Hymn to Nilakantha - Verse 77
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 54 · Verse 77
Obeisance to you with flagstaff and chariot. Obeisance to you the self-controlled and the celibate. Obeisance to you who are Rk, Yajus and Saman. Obeisance to you O god, of such activities as these”. Sri Mahadeva said :
Hymn to Nilakantha - Verse 78
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 54 · Verse 78
Thus I had been eulogised by Devas who bowed to me, O splendid-faced lady.
Hymn to Nilakantha - Verse 79
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 54 · Verse 79
cc On realising my devotion, the lord of Devas whose hair and tresses are flooded with Ganga water still remains subtle. Thanks to the surpassing' Yogic power, he is inconceivable. He remains invisible like the moon that has been hidden (by the clouds) .”
Hymn to Nilakantha - Verse 80
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 54 · Verse 80
Thus I had been eulogised by lord Brahma, the creator of the Universe, by means of diverse hymns taken from the Vedas and Vedahgas.
Hymn to Nilakantha - Verse 81
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 54 · Verse 81
Then I became delighted with Brahma, the great and noble Atman. After that I spoke to him in subtle words.
Hymn to Nilakantha - Verse 82
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 54 · Verse 82
“Olord, lord of past and future, lord of the worlds, lord of the Universe, O Brahma of good rites, what shall I do for you ?”
Hymn to Nilakantha - Verse 83
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 54 · Verse 83
On hearing my words, the lotus-eyed Brahma replied: «0 Isvara, O lord of the past, present and future, may this be listened.
Hymn to Nilakantha - Verse 86
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 54 · Verse 86
It has the brilliance of the sun capable of destroying the three worlds. It sparkles all round. The poison having the lustre of deadly fire has risen in front.
Hymn to Nilakantha - Verse 87
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 54 · Verse 87
On seeing it we are much frightened and agitated. O Mahadeva, desiring the welfare of the worlds, you will please drink it. O Sir, you are the enjoyer of the most splendid, you are the excellent lord.
Hymn to Nilakantha - Verse 88
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 54 · Verse 88
O Mahadeva, excepting you, there is no one to endure the poison. No other person is sung about ( = glorified) as capable of it, in the three worlds”.
Hymn to Nilakantha - Verse 95
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 54 · Verse 95
O daughter of the king of mountains, on seeing the Kalakuta, that poison of fierce potency, being retained by me in the throat, Devas and Daityas were wonder-struck.
Hymn to Nilakantha - Verse 96
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 54 · Verse 96
Then, O fair lady with the gait of inebriated elephant,
Hymn to Nilakantha - Verse 97
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 54 · Verse 97
“Wonderful is your strength, prowess and valour. Oh, wonderful is the strength of your Yoga. O lord of Devas, wonderful is your lordship, O lord, whose dishevelled hair is flooded with Ganga water.
Hymn to Nilakantha - Verse 98
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 54 · Verse 98
You alone are Visnu, the four-faced Brahma and Yama, the god of death; you alone are the bestower of boons; you alone are the sun, the moon, the earth and the water.
Hymn to Nilakantha - Verse 99
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 54 · Verse 99
You alone are sacrifice, the rites and observances; you alone are the past and future. You alone are the origin and end; you alone are both gross and subtle Purusa.
Hymn to Nilakantha - Verse 100
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 54 · Verse 100
You alone are the subtlest of the subtle; you alone are the fire and the wind ; you alone are the creator, protector and annihilator of the world, both mobile and immobile. 55
Hymn to Nilakantha - Verse 101
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 54 · Verse 101
After saying these words and bowing their heads, the leading Devas, the noble souls, went to Meru in their aerial chariots.
Hymn to Nilakantha - Verse 102
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 54 · Verse 102
Thus the greatest of secrets, the holiest of holy things, the story of what is famous as Nilakantha has been narrated to you. is the sacred story that quells sins. I shall now mention the fruit accruing to that person who retains this story recounted by Brahma.
Hymn to Nilakantha - Verse 104
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 54 · Verse 104
O fair lady of good loins, on reaching his body, poison from mobile and immobile things becomes ineffective immediately.
Hymn to Nilakantha - Verse 105
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 54 · Verse 105
It quells inauspiciousness and removes (the effect of) bad dreams. The person attains the love of women and leadership in royal assembly.
Hymn to Nilakantha - Verse 106
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 54 · Verse 106
In disputes he becomes victorious ; in battle he attains valour ; on expedition he attains welfare ; he has perpetual riches in his house.
Hymn to Nilakantha - Verse 110
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 54 · Verse 110
O beautiful lady, I shall now mention the goal both here and hereafter of those persons who are my devotees and who hear this story.
Hymn to Nilakantha - Verse 111
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 54 · Verse 111
A Brahmana secures (attains mastery over) Vedas; a Ksattriya conquers the earth; a Vaisya derives profit; and a Sudra attains happiness.
Hymn to Nilakantha - Verse 112
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 54 · Verse 112
A sick man is freed from ailments; a man in bondage attains release ; a pregnant woman gets a son; and a virgin gets a good husband. Everyone regains everything he loses in this world as in the other.
Hymn to Nilakantha - Verse 113
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 54 · Verse 113
On hearing this divine story of the Lord, one obtains the same fruit as is obtained when one hundred thousand cows are duly gifted away.
Hymn to Nilakantha - Verse 114
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 54 · Verse 114
He who commits to memory one verse or half of it, one quarter of a verse or even half of it, attains Rudra’s Loka.
Hymn to Nilakantha - Verse 115
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 54 · Verse 115
After recounting this story of pious fruits to the Goddess, the Lord with the moon embellishing his crest, the Lord beloved of Guha, went along with XJma to the cave of K.i skmdha seated on his bull.
Hymn to Nilakantha - Verse 116
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 54 · Verse 116
After recounting this story of great length quelling sins, Vayu went away. After studying everything, the excellent Brahmanas went to the auspicious path of Aditya.
Hymn to Nilakantha - Verse 89-90
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 54 · Verse 89-90
On hearing these words of Brahma, O splendidfaced lady, I concurred and said “So be it”. Then I began to drink the poison that resembled death. As I drank the terrible poison frightening even the gods, O lady of excellent complexion, my throat immediately turned black.
Hymn to Nilakantha - Verse 93-94
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 54 · Verse 93-94
O daughter of the excellent mountain, on hearing his words, even as the Devas and Daityas were watching along with Yaksas, Gandharvas, Bhutas, Pisacas, Nagas and Raksasas, O sweet-faced lady, the terrible poison was contained in the throat. Hence I became famous as Nilakantha ( Blue-throated) .
Hymn to Nilakantha - Verse 91-92
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 54 · Verse 91-92
On seeing the poison that had the lustre of the petal of blue lotus and that had appeared like the king of Serpents, Taksaka, clinging to my throat and putting out its tongues, Brahma, the grandfather of the worlds, possessor of excessive splendour, spoke : “Q Mahadeva, of good rites, really you shine due to this throat”.
Hymn to Nilakantha - Verse 84-85
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 54 · Verse 84-85
O lotus-eyed lord, when the ocean was being churned by Devas and Asuras, the terrible poison, resembling a cloud, shining like a blue cloud, having the lustre of the Samvarta fire, refulgent like the sun at the end of the Yugas, appeared in front like the Black Death.
Hymn to Nilakantha - Verse 10-11
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 54 · Verse 10-11
O excellent Vayu, what has been uttered by you as Nilakantha is a great secret. It is the holiest ofall sacred things. O most excellent one among pious persons, O Wind-god, we wish to hear about it by your favour, what made the throat of the lord of Ambika blue !
Hymn to Nilakantha - Verse 107-109
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 54 · Verse 107-109
I shall tell his goal at the dissolution of his body, O excellent-faced lady. He becomes blue-throated, green-moustached and moon-crested ; he attains three eyes; he holds the trident in his hand, and has bull as his vehicle ; he holds the Pinaka 382 Vayu Purana bow ;* be becomes as strong ns Nandin with deeds as glorious as the exploits of Nandin. At my behest he wanders over all the worlds; his movement is unimpeded like that of the wind. He gains my strength and lives as such till the final dissolution of the world.
Hymn to Nilakantha - Verse 19-21
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 54 · Verse 19-21
He asked Karttikeya whose excellent vehicle was the peacock and who stole collyrium from the eyes of the womenfolk of Mahisa (i.e. made them widows by killing Mahisasura), a great soul. His voice resembled the thundering sound of the clouds. He assumed the guise of a boy to deligh t the mind of Uma. He had killed Kraunca and delighted the heart of Parvati. Vasistha devoutly asked Karttikeya of great power:
Hymn to Nilakantha - Verse 2-3
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 54 · Verse 2-3
O excellent Brahmanas of pure rites, I shall narrate what had been heard by me before, when it was being narrated by Vayu, the very breath of the Universe, at the sacrifice lasting for a thousand years. It refers to how the throat of Siva, the lord of Devas, attained blueness.1
Hymn to Nilakantha - Verse 4-5
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 54 · Verse 4-5
On the north of the king of mountains Himavat, there are lakes, rivers and eddies, where in sacred parks, holy centres, temples, high peaks of mountains, caves and gardens noble sages of pure rites and devotion eulogise the great Lord in due manner.
Hymn to Nilakantha - Verse 61-62
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 54 · Verse 61-62
“O ye Devas, sages and saints, all of you listen. The poison, resembling black fire, that rose up when the great ocean was being churned is known as Kalakuta. Even as it rose up, (Visnu) was rendered black.
Hymn to the Linga of Siva}- - Verse 1
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 55 · Verse 1
Hymn to the Linga of Siva}- The Sages enquired : O eloquent one, who is the greatest in regard to attributes, activities and power ? We wish to hear clearly the description of his good, wonderful qualities in detail. Suta said :
Hymn to the Linga of Siva}- - Verse 2
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 55 · Verse 2
In this connection they cite this ancient anecdote about the greatness and omnipotence of the great Atman, Mahadeva.
Hymn to the Linga of Siva}- - Verse 3
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 55 · Verse 3
Formerly this was narrated by Visnu when he had conquered the three worlds after binding Bali. The deity of great prowess became the lord of the three worlds formerly.
Hymn to the Linga of Siva}- - Verse 7
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 55 · Verse 7
cc O Lord, you are the creator and sustainer of the worlds. By your grace the three worlds attain imperishable welfare. The Asuras have been conquered and Bali has been bound by you59 .
Hymn to the Linga of Siva}- - Verse 8
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 55 · Verse 8
On being thus addressed by Devas, Siddhas and the sages, Visnu, the excellent of Purusas, replied to them.
Hymn to the Linga of Siva}- - Verse 11
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 55 · Verse 11
Formerly, when the three worlds were plunged in unmanifest darkness and when the living beings had been retained inside my belly, I lay myself down.
Hymn to the Linga of Siva}- - Verse 12
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 55 · Verse 12
Assuming the form of the thousand-headed, thousandeyed thousand-legged deity, holding the conch, discus and mace in the hands, I lay down in the pure limpid waters.
Hymn to the Linga of Siva}- - Verse 17
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 55 · Verse 17
“I am the creator and destroyer of the worlds again and again”. While we were talking like this with a desire to overpower each other, a well established flame was seen on the northern side.
Hymn to the Linga of Siva}- - Verse 18
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 55 · Verse 18
On seeing that flame we two were surprised. By that splendour all the waters sparkled.
Hymn to the Linga of Siva}- - Verse 19
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 55 · Verse 19
When that excessively surprising and mysterious flame began to increase in size, Brahma and I hastened towards that flame.
Hymn to the Linga of Siva}- - Verse 55
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 55 · Verse 55
23-35 385 increased in size excessively at that time. It appeared extensive through the series of flames and appeared terrific (to all beings) .
Hymn to the Linga of Siva}- - Verse 56
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 55 · Verse 56
At that loud sound of the great Atman, we became frightened. Then the great Yogin said : ce O excellent Devas, I am greatly delighted.
Hymn to the Linga of Siva}- - Verse 57
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 55 · Verse 57
Both of you, see this Maya. Give up fear. Both of you are born of my body. You are ancient and former beings* arm. Visnu is my left arm. He always stands by me in times of war. I am delighted with you. I shall grant whatever you desire. 55
Hymn to the Linga of Siva}- - Verse 59
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 55 · Verse 59
Then both of us were delighted in the mind. We fell at his feet again. Then we, the pious great souls, spoke again.
Hymn to the Linga of Siva}- - Verse 60
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 55 · Verse 60
c Tf you are pleased and if boons are to be bestowed on us, O Lord of Devas, let there be devotion in us for you.5 " 388 Vayu Purana
Hymn to the Linga of Siva}- - Verse 61
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 55 · Verse 61
“O blessed ones, may it be thus. Both of you create different kinds of subjects53 . After saying thus the Lord vanished there itself. 62 Thus the great power of that Yogin has been narrated to you. All this has been created by him. We are only nominal causes. is incomprehensible and unperceivable. Persons with intellectual vision alone can perceive it. 64 Perform obeisance to that Lord of Devas by whose grace persons with intellectual vision can perceive subtle and incomprehensible things.
Hymn to the Linga of Siva}- - Verse 65
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 55 · Verse 65
O Mahadeva, obeisance be to you. O Mahesvara, obeisance be to you. O most excellent one among Devas and AsuraSj O swan of the mind, obeisance be to you. Suta said :
Hymn to the Linga of Siva}- - Verse 66
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 55 · Verse 66
On hearing this, Devas paid homage to the great Atman, Siva and went to their abodes.
Hymn to the Linga of Siva}- - Verse 67
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 55 · Verse 67
He who recites this hymn of Isvara, the great Atman, obtains all desires and becomes free from sins.
Hymn to the Linga of Siva}- - Verse 68
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 55 · Verse 68
All this in respect to the ancient Brahman was mentioned by the mighty Visnu only due to the grace of Mahadeva. Everything in respect of the power of Mahesvara has been thus recounted to you.
Hymn to the Linga of Siva}- - Verse 15-16
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 55 · Verse 15-16
Then he who was Brahma, who was bowed to by the worlds, spoke to me — cc O lord, who are you ? Whence have you come ? Why do you stay here. Tell me. I am the maker of the worlds. I am self-born. I have faces all round”. Thus addressed by Brahma, I spoke to him.
Hymn to the Linga of Siva}- - Verse 4-6
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 55 · Verse 4-6
When the Daityas were destroyed, when the Lord of Sac! was delighted, all the Devas including Indra came to see the Lord. They came near the ocean of milk where Visnu, the Atman of cosmic form, stayed. After approaching the noble-souled, the Purusa, Vi§nu, all the Siddhas, Brahmanas, Yaksas, Gandharvas, Apsaras-s, Nagas, celestial sages, rivers and mountains eulogised him.
Hymn to the Linga of Siva}- - Verse 13-14
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 55 · Verse 13-14
In the meantime, from a distance I espied a person of unmeasured splendour who blazed with his brilliance resembling a hundred suns. The person, endowed with great Yogic power, had four faces and was of golden lustre (complexion) . He wore a deer-skin and was embellished with a water-pot (Kamandalu) .Within a moment that excellent person came near.
Hymn to the Linga of Siva}- - Verse 20-22
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 55 · Verse 20-22
The massive column of flame stood touching heaven and earth. In the midst of it we saw the unmanifest Linga of excessive brilliance1 , highly illuminated and of the size of PradeSa (the distance between the thumb and the little finger). The Lihga shone in the middle. It was neither made of gold nor of silver nor of stone. It could not be specified. It was inconceivable. It was sometimes perceptible and sometimes imperceptible. It had great splendour and was very terrible. It
Hymn to the Linga of Siva}- - Verse 9-10
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 55 · Verse 9-10
“May this be heard, Q excellent Devas, I shall mention the cause; the achievement has come at the very outset, thanks to the grace of that Lord alone who is the creator of all living beings, who is Time (Kala) , the creator of Time, and by whom the worlds have been created along with Brahma by means of his Maya power.
Description of Pitrs - Verse 2
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 56 · Verse 2
Description of Pitrs Samiapayana enquired : l t O Suta, how the king Pururavas, son of Ila, used to go to heaven during the new moon day in every month ? How did he perform (libation) to Pitrs? Silta replied ; O Samsapayana, I shall now recount to you the superhuman power of (Pururavas), the son of Ila. I shall mention how he contacted with the Sun and the noble-souled Moon.
Description of Pitrs - Verse 6
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 56 · Verse 6
When both the Moon and the Sun come into conjunction with the same constellation, on the same night, in the same orbit, it shall be known as Amavasya (the New Moon).
Description of Pitrs - Verse 14
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 56 · Verse 14
Rtu (Season) which is spoken of as Agni is considered as Saxhvatsara, since Rtus are born of it. Artavas (smaller division of time such as a fortnight) are born of. Rtus (Seasons).
Description of Pitrs - Verse 15
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 56 · Verse 15
Artavas are called half-months. Pitrs are the sons of the year. Rtus are grandfathers. The months and the Rtus are the sons of the year.
Description of Pitrs - Verse 16
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 56 · Verse 16
Devas are the great-grandfathers. The five years (forming a Yuga) are the sons of Brahma. Saumyas are born of the Moon. Kavyas are the sons of Kavi.
Description of Pitrs - Verse 17
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 56 · Verse 17
Devas born of Soma, and the imbibers of the^ Soma juice, are known as Upahutas. The Kavyas are known as Ajyapas. (All) the classes of Pitrs become satisfied thus.
Description of Pitrs - Verse 20
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 56 · Verse 20
Among them Agni is Samvatsara and the Sun is Panvatsara. The Moon is Idvatsara and Vayu is Anuvatsara.
Description of Pitrs - Verse 21
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 56 · Verse 21
Rudra is the Vatsara among them. The five years of the nature of Yugas are known as Lckhus, Usmapas and Divdkirtycts.
Description of Pitrs - Verse 22
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 56 · Verse 22
These imbibe the nectar in heaven every month. As long as he lived, Pururavas gratified them with that.
Description of Pitrs - Verse 56
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 56 · Verse 56
26-34 391 juice. The nectar is called Amrta , Saumya, and Madhu. The thirty-three Devas known as Chandajas drink the fifteen watery Kalas of the Moon gradually in the dark half. After drinking the nectar for a month till caturdasi (fourteenth day) , they depart.
Description of Pitrs - Verse 57
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 56 · Verse 57
In fifteen nights the Moon develops fully by putting on fifteen Kalas, adding one everyday. There is no sixteenth Kala in the Moon. On the fifteenth day after the full moon, it becomes emaciated completely. . , M 394 Vayu Purana
Description of Pitrs - Verse 58
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 56 · Verse 58
Thus are these Pitrs, Devas, the drinkers of Soma and the replenishers of Soma, Artavas and Rtus (seasons) . Hence Devas worship them.
Description of Pitrs - Verse 59
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 56 · Verse 59
Henceforth I shall describe the Pitrs who partake of the monthly Sraddha. I shall mention their goal, their inherent strength and the procedure of the Sraddha.
Description of Pitrs - Verse 60
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 56 · Verse 60
The departure of the deceased and their return cannot be comprehended even by well-accomplished penance. Then how can it be perceived through the physical eye ?
Description of Pitrs - Verse 61
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 56 · Verse 61
These Pitrs who are Sraddhadevas, are known as Laukika (Worldly) Pitrs. Devas, Saumyas and Yajvans are all Ayonijas (not born of a womb ) .
Description of Pitrs - Verse 62
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 56 · Verse 62
All these Pitrs are Devas, for the latter make them flourish. There are human Pitrs while others are proclaimed as Laukika (worldly) Pitrs.
Description of Pitrs - Verse 63
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 56 · Verse 63
(The human Pitrs are) father, grand-father, great-grandfather. Those who perform Yajnas with Soma are known as Soma-sacrificers.
Description of Pitrs - Verse 64
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 56 · Verse 64
Those who are mentioned as Yajvans are Barhisads. Engaged in holy rites, they remain happy and content till they take another body.
Description of Pitrs - Verse 68
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 56 · Verse 68
After reaching heaven they rejoice along with Devas, Pitrs and the subtle-bodied Soma-drinkers and they worship Pitrmans (?)
Description of Pitrs - Verse 69
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 56 · Verse 69
Only those who performed holy rites and were blessed with progeny are praised. Oblations and food-offerings are given to them by their kinsmen and persons born of their families.
Description of Pitrs - Verse 70
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 56 · Verse 70
Partaking of the monthly Sraddha, the Somalaukikas become satisfied. They are human Pitrs and partake of monthly Sraddhas.
Description of Pitrs - Verse 74
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 56 · Verse 74
Desirous of water, they roam hither and thither near rivers,lakes, tanks and wells. They covet foodstuffs left by others. They tremble and move about here and there.
Description of Pitrs - Verse 81
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 56 · Verse 81
The offering of food in Sraddha shall be made at the auspicious time to deserving persons. Then alone it reaches the place where the departed kinsman stays.
Description of Pitrs - Verse 82
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 56 · Verse 82
Just as the calf is able to seek and find out its mothercow even if it is lost among other cows, so also the mantra chanted in the course of Sraddha carries the gifts to the Pitrs.
Description of Pitrs - Verse 83
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 56 · Verse 83
So also the Sraddha offered through the Mantras reaches the manes. So Sanatkumara, who had discovered the movements of the departed souls by his divine vision, could explain how food in Sraddha could reach the manes.
Description of Pitrs - Verse 84
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 56 · Verse 84
These Pitrs are known as Bahvlkas, Usmapas and Divakirtyas. The dark half is their day-time and the bright half is their night for sleep.
Description of Pitrs - Verse 85
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 56 · Verse 85
Thus these Pitrs are Devas and Devas are Pitrs. 4. Rtus and Artavas are declared as Pitrs mutually. 396 Vayu Purana
Description of Pitrs - Verse 86
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 56 · Verse 86
Thus these godly Pitrs and the human ones are delighted by Sraddha rites offered to them.
Description of Pitrs - Verse 87
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 56 · Verse 87
Thus Pitrs have been explained. The greatness of Pitrs, the imbibers of Soma, is decisively mentioned in the Puranas.
Description of Pitrs - Verse 90
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 56 · Verse 90
The Universal form of all has been mentioned but partially. It is impossible to enumerate (describe) it in full. It should be trusted faithfully by one who wishes prosperity.
Description of Pitrs - Verse 91
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 56 · Verse 91
The creation of Svayambhuva Maim has indeed been described by me in detail and in accordance with the sequence. What more should I describe to you ?
Description of Pitrs - Verse 75-76
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 56 · Verse 75-76
They move from one place of torture to another. They are thrown in different hells like Salmali, Vaitaranl, Kumbhlpaka, Karambhavaluka, Asipatravana and Silasampesana by (as a result of) their own activities.
Description of Pitrs - Verse 77-78
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 56 · Verse 77-78
It is here that they have their miserable hellish abodes devoid ofjoys of heaven. Offering three Pindas to those who passed to the other world by uttering their names and Gotras, they offer Pindas anticlockwise on the ground strewn over with Kusa grass. Thus they propitiate the Pitrs abiding in their places after death ( or in their abodes as Pretas or Ghosts) .
Description of Pitrs - Verse 3-5
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 56 · Verse 3-5
I shall mention all these things in order—the increase and decrease of the Moon consisting of the essence of the waters during the bright and the dark halves of the month, the fixation (decision) about the fortnight dedicated to Pitrs, the acquisition of nectar from the Moon, the Tarpana offerings to Pitrs, the vision of the Pitrs who had extracted the Soma juice from the Kavya fire, and how Pururavas, the son of Ila, propitiated Pitrs. I shall mention the Parvans also (all in due order).
Description of Pitrs - Verse 23-25
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 56 · Verse 23-25
Since the nectar oozes out of the Moon every month, understand that it is the nectar for Pitrs, the drinkers of Soma
Description of Pitrs - Verse 79-80
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 56 · Verse 79-80
Those who do not go to the abode of torture are born in any of the five types of living beings according to their (previous) activities. Whatever may be the birth taken by them, whether of animals or of immobile beings, they get their natural food in their respective births as a result of the offerings of food by the kinsmen in the course of Sraddha.
Description of Pitrs - Verse 88-89
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 56 · Verse 88-89
Thus all these have been briefly explained: the contact of Pururavas with the . Sun, Pitrs and the Moon, his acquisition of the nectar and the performance of the Tarpana to Pitrs, the duration of the full moon and the new moon and the abode of Pitirs. This is the eternal Sarga (Creation).
Description of Pitrs - Verse 9-10
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 56 · Verse 9-10
Pitps and the Moon partake of the Kavya offerings for two lavas.1 Worshipping Sinlvali1 during the time of its appearance, Pururavas understood the duration of the new moon called Kuhu and worshipped Kuhu too.2 Biding his time he used to see the Moon in conjunction with the Sun(?)
Description of Pitrs - Verse 71-73
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 56 · Verse 71-73
Others get entangled in their actions and rebirths in wombs. Fallen from their Airama duties and devoid of Svadha and Svaha, these wicked persons with their bodies pierced become ghosts in the abode of Yama. They bewail their former acts in their abodes of torture. They live long, (are) dry, pale, naked, hungry and thirsty, wandering here and there.
Description of Pitrs - Verse 7-8
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 56 · Verse 7-8
He (Pururavas) used to go to see his maternal and paternal grand-fathers, the Moon and the Sun, on every Amavasya. After making obeisance to them, he used to keep waiting. For the sake of the Pitys, he used to extract exudation from the delighted Moon. In every month Pururavas, son of Ila, stayed in the heaven and worshipped the Moon with devotion along with Pitrs.
Description of Pitrs - Verse 11-13
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 56 · Verse 11-13
Whence will the nectar ooze out from Soma for the satisfaction for a period of a month ? It is by ( replenishment) for fifteen days (of the bright half) by the flow of nectar. After drinking it in the dark half, it is being milked by the rays with
Description of Pitrs - Verse 18-19
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 56 · Verse 18-19
Pitrs are classified into three (only): Kavyas, Barhisads and Agnisvattas. Rtus who are householders and performers of sacrifices are definitely Barhisads. Agnisvattas are also householders and performers of sacrifices. They are Artavas. Understand that Kavyas are Aytakdpatis (Lords of Astakas). Now understand the five years.
Description of Pitrs - Verse 65-67
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 56 · Verse 65-67
Those who perform sacrifices and preside over them are known as Agnisvattas. Those who adhere to their duties in virtue of their stages in life, those who closely follow the traditions, those who do not blunder in the performance of their rites with faith, those who are engaged in the holy rites till death, after being endowed with celibacy, penance, Yajna, progeny, faith, learning and charitable gifts (are also called Agnisvattas. )
The Cycle of Tugas i - Verse 1
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 57 · Verse 1
Although this Purana accepted the Vedic tradition and regarded a Yuga period as consisting of five years {vide supra ch. 50 p. 343, fn. 3) , here it follows Manu 1.61-74, 79-86. According to Manu, the 1st Yuga, Krta, has a duration of 4000 years ofDevas with 400 divine years of the dawn ( Sandhya ) of the Age and 400 divine years of transition from Krta to the next Age ( Sandhyanda) . The other Yugas, viz. Treta, Dvapara ahd Kali consist respectively of a period of 3000,2000 and 1000 years of Devas, each yuga preceded by and followed by Sandhya and Sandhyamto, each extending over a period of 300, 200, 100 years of Devas. This theory superseded the Vedic one and has been adopted by Purarias e.g. KP. I chs. 51 and 53, NP. I ch. 41, VP. 1.3.,. • Bd. P. 1.2.29 &30 and Mbh. Vana.chs 149 and 188. . ; I • , .:; , .. , . , . , r , . •WrT’TflW'
The Cycle of Tugas i - Verse 1
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 57 · Verse 1
The Cycle of Tugas i 1 Their Characteristics The Sages said: We wish to know the nature and reality of the (sets of) four Yugas which occurred formerly in the Svayambhuva Manvantara.
The Cycle of Tugas i - Verse 57
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 57 · Verse 57
2-10 397 Suta said :
The Cycle of Tugas i - Verse 58
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 57 · Verse 58
Thence arose a line of kings wielding the staff of power of punishment. Since they delighted the subjects, kings were called “Rajanali •
The Cycle of Tugas i - Verse 62
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 57 · Verse 62
Formerly, in the Svayarhbhuva Manvantara, Yajnas were set in vogue by Devas under the leadership of Indra, the enjoyer of the universe.
The Cycle of Tugas i - Verse 63
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 57 · Verse 63
Truthfulness, Japa, penance and charity are the main virtues in Treta age. The practice of holy rites and rituals declines and the virtue of truthfulness prevails.
The Cycle of Tugas i - Verse 64
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 57 · Verse 64
Renouncing their staff (of punishment due to its superfluity ? ) those excessively fortunate kings became performers of sacrifice and expounders of the Vedas.
The Cycle of Tugas i - Verse 65
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 57 · Verse 65
Their eyes were as large as lotus petals. Their chests were broad, and their bodies were well-built. They were vigorous and capable of slaying lions. They walked majestically like the elephants in rut.
The Cycle of Tugas i - Verse 66
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 57 · Verse 66
They wielded great bows. They were endowed with all good characteristics. They were Nyagrodha-pariman<j.alas (as explained in the next verse).
The Cycle of Tugas i - Verse 67
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 57 · Verse 67
The word ‘Nyagrodha 5 denotes two (both the) arms. Hence Nyagrodha means Vyama (extended arms). He whose height extends as much as a Vyama, he whose girth and height are equal, should be known as a Nyagrodha-parimandala.
The Cycle of Tugas i - Verse 68
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 57 · Verse 68
The following seven1 , viz. a discus, a chariot, a jewel, a spouse, a treasure, a horse and an elephant, are regarded as super-gems ( ati~ratna) .
The Cycle of Tugas i - Verse 69
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 57 · Verse 69
They say that the following seven are the inanimate jewels of the sovereigns of the worlds, viz. a discus, a chariot,
The Cycle of Tugas i - Verse 70
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 57 · Verse 70
The seven jewels (of an emperor) possessing life are mentioned as follows : queen, family-priest, commanderin-chief, chariot-maker, minister, horse and elephant (lit. elephant-cub) .
The Cycle of Tugas i - Verse 71
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 57 · Verse 71
These fourteen jewels are divine. They have been naturally acquired by the noble-souled ones. These fourteen jewels should be assigned to all emperors (i.e. all emperors should possess these) .
The Cycle of Tugas i - Verse 72
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 57 · Verse 72
In all the Manvantaras of the past and future, the emperors are born on the earth with a part of Visnu.1
The Cycle of Tugas i - Verse 75
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 57 · Verse 75
Wealth, dharma, love, fame and victory attained by kings without any conflict are on a par with one another.
The Cycle of Tugas i - Verse 76
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 57 · Verse 76
They excel even the sages by means of ( spiritual powers such as) Anima (minuteness ) and others the power of Lordship, learning and penance. They overpower Devas, Danavas and human beings by their strength and austere penance.
The Cycle of Tugas i - Verse 77
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 57 · Verse 77
They are born with super-human marks visible on their bodies. They have a circle of hair on their forehead (between the eyebrows) ; their tongue sweeps their mouths. Their teeth and lips are copper-coloured; their hair stand facing up; and they have the Srlvatsa scar (on the chest).
The Cycle of Tugas i - Verse 78
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 57 · Verse 78
Their arms extend to their knees ; their palms are marked with net and bull; they are very tall ( Nyagrodha-parinahas) ; they have shoulders like those of lions; their penises are well shaped. Their gait is as stately as that of a lordly elephant. Their chin bones are broad.
The Cycle of Tugas i - Verse 79
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 57 · Verse 79
There are lines of wheel and fish on the soles of their
The Cycle of Tugas i - Verse 80
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 57 · Verse 80
They have unimpeded movement in four places, viz. in the firmament, in the ocean, in the nether regions and on the mountains.
The Cycle of Tugas i - Verse 81
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 57 · Verse 81
Sacrifice, charity, penance and truthfulness are the holy rites in Treta Age. During this age, Dharma functions in accordance with the division of castes and stages of life.
The Cycle of Tugas i - Verse 82
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 57 · Verse 82
Danda-niti (administration of Justice) , aims at the establishment of the bounds of decency. All the subjects are jolly, well built, free from ailments. Their minds are fully contented.
The Cycle of Tugas i - Verse 83
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 57 · Verse 83
Only a single unified Veda with four sub-divisions prevails in Treta Age. People live upto three thousand years.
The Cycle of Tugas i - Verse 84
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 57 · Verse 84
Surrounded by sons and grandsons, people die in due order (of seniority in age ) . This is the characteristic feature of Treta Age. (Now) understand the Trctd- Sandhyd (Transition from Treta Yuga'i .
The Cycle of Tugas i - Verse 85
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 57 · Verse 85
The traits of Treta Age continue to one-fourth of the Sandhyd and the traits in the Sandhyd continue to one-fourth of the Yuga. Sarhiapdyana said :
The Cycle of Tugas i - Verse 86
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 57 · Verse 86
How did Yajna function in the beginning of Treta age formerly in the Svayambhuva Manvantara ? Please explain it precisely.
The Cycle of Tugas i - Verse 91
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 57 · Verse 91
Thus, Indra, the enjoyer of the universe, along with other Devas, initiated Tajfia (the institution of sacrifice) together with all its requisites.
The Cycle of Tugas i - Verse 92
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 57 · Verse 92
When the horse-sacrifice was instituted, the sages arrived there and began to perform sacrifices with the holy sacrificial beasts. On hearing about it, people assembled there to witness it.
The Cycle of Tugas i - Verse 98
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 57 · Verse 98
Desirous of a rite involving violence to life you have started an extremely sinful activity. O leading and excellent Deva, in this Tajfia of yours the slaughter of animals is not a desirable act.
The Cycle of Tugas i - Verse 99
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 57 · Verse 99
An evil activity has been started by you for destroying Dharma through animal-slaughter. This is not Dharma. This is an evil, sinful act. Violence can never be a Dharma.
The Cycle of Tugas i - Verse 102
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 57 · Verse 102
In this way Indra, the enjoyer of the universe, was asked by the sages, the seers of Reality: c Say with what objects, mobile (living) or immobile (inanimate), Yajna shall be performed T
The Cycle of Tugas i - Verse 103
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 57 · Verse 103
The great sages eagerly seeking truth got tired of the dispute. Coming to a compromise with Indra they asked lord Vasu: The Sages said :
The Cycle of Tugas i - Verse 104
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 57 · Verse 104
“O excessively intelligent king, O son of Uttanapada, how was the procedure of Yajna seen by you ? Please tell us. O lord, clear our doubts.55
The Cycle of Tugas i - Verse 105
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 57 · Verse 105
On hearing their words, the king remembered the Vedic texts and, without pondering over the strong or weak points, he explained the facts about Yajna. The king said : “The Yajna shall be performed as laid down in the sacred texts.
The Cycle of Tugas i - Verse 106
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 57 · Verse 106
It shall be performed with sacrificial animals or seeds and fruits. Violence is the nature of Yajna. This is what appears to me.
The Cycle of Tugas i - Verse 107
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 57 · Verse 107
Inasmuch as the Mantras in the Samhitas, as revealed to the sages endowed with penance and the visions of Tarakaand other mantras, are indicative of violence, what I have said now is based on that authority. Hence it behoves you to forgive me.
The Cycle of Tugas i - Verse 108
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 57 · Verse 108
O Brahmanas, if those statements in Mantras are authoritative, let the Yajna function on those lines, otherwise those statements will become false55 . Thus those sages of Yogic communion were rendered unable to reply (silenced by him).
The Cycle of Tugas i - Verse 111
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 57 · Verse 111
Thanks to that statement of the sages, he became a resident of the nether regions. Attempting to clear doubts in Dharma matters, King Vasu (in the nether world) went below .
The Cycle of Tugas i - Verse 112
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 57 · Verse 112
No person, even if he be very learned, should express a decisive opinion ail by himself, in regard to the disputed points of Dharma. The way of Dharma is very subtle. It has many loopholes and is inscrutable.
The Cycle of Tugas i - Verse 113
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 57 · Verse 113
Excepting Svayambhuva Manu, none of Devas and sages can pronounce a judgment on Dharma.
The Cycle of Tugas i - Verse 114
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 57 · Verse 114
So, violence was not approved as a means to Dharma by the great sages. 2 Thousands and crores of sages have attained heaven by means of their activities.
The Cycle of Tugas i - Verse 115
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 57 · Verse 115
For the same reason, the sages do not unduly praise charity or Yajha. By making gifts of even insignificant articles such as bulbous root, fruit, vegetables or waterpot, in accordance with their means, the sages have become established in heaven.
The Cycle of Tugas i - Verse 116
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 57 · Verse 116
Adroha (absence of ill-feeling) , Alobha ( absence of covetousness) , Dama (self-control), Bhutadaya (kindness to living beings), Tapas (penance), Brahmacarya (celibacy), Satya (truthfulness ), Anukrosa (compassion and tenderness), Ksama (forgiveness) and Dhrti (fortitude) —these are roots of Dharma but extremely difficult to achieve.
The Cycle of Tugas i - Verse 117
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 57 · Verse 117
Yajna consists of piety and Mantras; Tapas is of the nature of observance offast; one attains Devas through Yajna and Vairagya (detachment) through penace.
The Cycle of Tugas i - Verse 118
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 57 · Verse 118
Brahmanhood is attained through Kamasannydsa (renunciation of the fruits of Karman) . Assimilation (in the supreme Atman) is obtained through detachment. Kaivalya (complete identity with Brahman ) is obtained through perfect knowledge. These are the five goals of life.
The Cycle of Tugas i - Verse 119
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 57 · Verse 119
Thus, formerly, in the Svayambhuva Manvantara, a
The Cycle of Tugas i - Verse 120
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 57 · Verse 120
Then, after witnessing that wonderful procedure (of Yajna) through violence and disregarding the suggestions of Vasu, the sages returned to the place whence they had come.
The Cycle of Tugas i - Verse 124
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 57 · Verse 124
Hence by all means, in regard to everything, penance surpasses Yajfia. It was by penance that the universe was created by Brahma.
The Cycle of Tugas i - Verse 125
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 57 · Verse 125
So, Yajna can never excel penance. All this (visible universe) has its roots in penance. In this manner Yajna was set in vogue in the Svayambhuva Manvantara. From that time onwards the performance of Yajnas continued as Yugas rolled on.
The Cycle of Tugas i - Verse 89-90
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 57 · Verse 89-90
I shall mention how in the beginning of Treta Age Yajna was set in vogue. When there was plenty of rain, the plants grew and agriculture became established. People set about building houses, hermitages and cities. Then Indra the,
The Cycle of Tugas i - Verse 87-88
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 57 · Verse 87-88
How did they again make the classification and arrangement of the castes and stages of life when the Sandhyd too had elapsed along with Kfta Age and a fraction of it alone remained, and Treta age set in ? How was TajFia made to function, after gathering all the requisites. On hearing this, Suta said : O Samsapayana, now listen to this.
The Cycle of Tugas i - Verse 121-123
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 57 · Verse 121-123
When the sages had gone away, Devas completed the Yajna and attained the fruits. It is heard that many Brahmana-Ksatriya kings had attained Siddhis through penance. These include Priyavrata, Uttanapada, Dhruva, Medhatithi, Vasu, Sumedhas, Virajas, Sahkhapat, Rajas, Praclnabarhis, Parjanya, Havirdhana and other kings. These and many other kings attained Siddhis and went to heaven. They were saintly kings of great prowess whose fame was well-established.
The Cycle of Tugas i - Verse 109-110
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 57 · Verse 109-110
Glancing at the world below they said —“For that purpose be quiet. Though a king, you have uttered a lie. So enter the nether world55 . As soon as this was uttered, the king entered the nether world. Having been a resident of the
The Cycle of Tugas i - Verse 100-101
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 57 · Verse 100-101
If Your Honour wishes to perform the Yajna do it as per injunctions in the Vedas. You may worship by means of the Yajna that will not cause the violation (dissipation) of Dharma. O great god, perform the Yajna with the sacrificeworthy seeds, which does not involve violence (Hirhsa) —the
The Cycle of Tugas i - Verse 93-97
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 57 · Verse 93-97
When the Rtviks were busily engaged in sacrificial rites, when the Vedic mantras were recited, when the leading Adhvaryus moved about hurriedly and quickly, when the holy sacrificial beasts were being killed, when the offerings of ghee were poured into the fire by the divine Hotrs3 when the noble Devas were invoked and when they partook of their shares in the sacrifice, the sages began to worship Devas in the form of sense-organs (i.e. their presiding deities) who existed in the beginning of the Kalpas. The Adhvaryus who were great sages got ready at the time of praisa to slay the animals. On seeing the animals in their pitiable condition, the great sages collectively asked Indra1—“What is this sacrificial rite of yours ?
The Cycle of Tugas i - Verse 59-60
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 57 · Verse 59-60
In order to check and control those men who commit sins in secret and (hence) are difficult to be subdued, and in order to establish righteousness on the earth, the divisions of *For vikridante in our text here, Bd. P. 1.2.29.54 reads vikriyante ‘undergo changes’ ( in every yaga ) . 402 Vayu Parana castes have been laid down in Treta Yuga. The compilations of Vedic texts, both Mantras and Brahmanas, have been made by the sages. 61. (The institution of) Yajha has been initiated by Devas, namely Yamas, Suklas and Japas all fully equipped with the requisites.
The Cycle of Tugas i - Verse 73-74
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 57 · Verse 73-74
The precious gems are conducive to the welfare of all emperors of the past, present and future born in the Yugas Treta etc. These four are very wonderful, viz. strength, piety, happiness and wealth (among the emperors) .
Description of the Four Yugas - Verse 1
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 58 · Verse 1
Description of the Four Yugas Suta said : Henceforth I shall explain the traits of Dvapara1 age. When Treta Yuga ends, Dvapara sets in.
Description of the Four Yugas - Verse 2
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 58 · Verse 2
In the beginning of Dvapara, the attainment of Siddhis by the people is as it was in Treta Yuga. But as the Yuga advances, the Siddhis disappear. in Dvapara Age. The deterioration and confusion in social, religious and other conditions in Dvapara show how a backround of chaotic conditions was developing for Kali Age. IS§SBSI& aiBiSB
Description of the Four Yugas - Verse 58
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 58 · Verse 58
3-14 409
Description of the Four Yugas - Verse 59
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 58 · Verse 59
When the close of Yuga is imminent, Sudras exhibiting their white teeth, with clean shaven heads and wearing ochrecoloured robes will perform sacred rites, proclaiming that they have conquered the sense-organs.1
Description of the Four Yugas - Verse 60
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 58 · Verse 60
There will be thieves stealing foodcrops and garments. There will be looters robbing other robbers and abductois of murderers. .
Description of the Four Yugas - Verse 61
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 58 · Verse 61
When perfect knowledge and holy rites disappear in the world, when people become inactive (in religious matters) even worms, mice and serpents will attack men.
Description of the Four Yugas - Verse 62
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 58 · Verse 62
Abundance, welfare, good health and ability will become rare. Owls will begin to infest the countries afflicted by the fear of hunger.
Description of the Four Yugas - Verse 63
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 58 · Verse 63
The maximum life expectation of the people afflicted by misery will be a hundred years. In Kali Yuga, the Vedas will be seen in some places and not seen in some places.
Description of the Four Yugas - Verse 67
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 58 · Verse 67
Kings born of Sudra women will not perform Yajhas. The subjects will murder women and slaughter cows. Coming to mutual clash, they will kill one another. And in this way, people will try to accomplish (their object) .
Description of the Four Yugas - Verse 68
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 58 · Verse 68
Due to the spread of misery, people will be shortlived. Realms will be exterminated. Sickness, delusion, dejection, unhappiness and all Tcimasic activities prevail in Kali Age.
Description of the Four Yugas - Verse 69
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 58 · Verse 69
People will kill and destroy children in wombs. With the advent of Kali, longevity, strength and beauty begin to decline. The highest life expectation of men afflicted by misery will be a hundred years.
Description of the Four Yugas - Verse 70
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 58 · Verse 70
The Vedas will be seen somewhere and not seen in some places. When Dharma is harassed Yajhasare forsaken.
Description of the Four Yugas - Verse 71
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 58 · Verse 71
At that time men will attain Siddhi in a short time. Blessed people, leading excellent Brahmanas will perform holy rites at the end of the Yuga.
Description of the Four Yugas - Verse 72
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 58 · Verse 72
For those who perform the holy rites enjoined by the Srutis and Smrtis, without the least tinge of jealousy, the
Description of the Four Yugas - Verse 77
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 58 · Verse 77
He wandered over the earth for full twenty years. He led an army consisting of cavalry, chariots and elephants.
Description of the Four Yugas - Verse 78
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 58 · Verse 78
He was surrounde d by hundreds and thousands of Brahmanas armed with weapons. He killed Mlecchas in thousands.
Description of the Four Yugas - Verse 79
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 58 · Verse 79
He went everywhere. After killing the kings born of Sudra women, he exterminated the heretics. 80. He killed thousands of and righteous. He killed those b those who depended on them.
Description of the Four Yugas - Verse 84
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 58 · Verse 84
Setting his wheel (of i powerful lord, the destroyer o: earth. He could not be thwarted hya Defyas easterners, killed the Pahlavas , i, Khasas, tribes of Kiratas, Mlecchas, roamed over the by any living being. 416 Vayu Puraria
Description of the Four Yugas - Verse 85
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 58 · Verse 85
He was born of a part of Lord Visnu. This valorous hero was known as Pramiti by people knowing what happened in the previous birth.
Description of the Four Yugas - Verse 92
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 58 · Verse 92
When anarchy prevailed as a result of the Yuga (coming to a close) , and when there was doubt and suspense everywhere among the subjects, they became frightened of one another.
Description of the Four Yugas - Verse 93
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 58 · Verse 93
They were exhausted and agitated. Eager to preserve their own lives, they left their wives and homes. They became extremely miserable and died.
Description of the Four Yugas - Verse 94
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 58 · Verse 94
When Dharma based on the Vedas and Smrtis became defunct, people killed one another devoid of the bounds of decency, affection, friendship or shame.
Description of the Four Yugas - Verse 95
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 58 · Verse 95
Their span of life dwindled to twentyfive years. They became short-sized. They abandoned their wives and sons. Their sense-organs became agitated and their minds dejected.
Description of the Four Yugas - Verse 96
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 58 · Verse 96
Oppressed by drought and scanty rain, they were forced to abandon cultivation. Being utterly miserable, they left their lands and countries and lived in the frontier.
Description of the Four Yugas - Verse 97
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 58 · Verse 97
They began to resort to rivers, oceans, wells and mountains. They maintained themselves on fruits and roots, wine and meat . They became very miserable. ' r-'-- - V-- V- -v - • .U :.• •. . - BBHi ^ ; V V '' '.
Description of the Four Yugas - Verse 98
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 58 · Verse 98
They wear bark garments and deer skins. They have no wives or sons. They fall off from the system of castes and stages of life. They resort to a terrible promiscuous intermixture of castes.
Description of the Four Yugas - Verse 99
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 58 · Verse 99
They reach the limit of misery. Only a few of them survive. They are oppressed by old age, sickness and hunger. Due to misery they become indifferent to worldly existence.
Description of the Four Yugas - Verse 100
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 58 · Verse 100
Due to this despondency and indifference, they begin to ponder. By pondering over they attain the state of equanimity. In the state of equanimity they are enlightened. Due to enlightenment they become pious.
Description of the Four Yugas - Verse 101
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 58 · Verse 101
When those subjects surviving at the end of Kali Age are thus enlightened, in a single day and night the Yuga is transformed.
Description of the Four Yugas - Verse 102
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 58 · Verse 102
After making their minds enchanted Krtayuga sets in due to the power of the inevitable destiny.
Description of the Four Yugas - Verse 108
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 58 · Verse 108
When Krtayuga begins to function again, the few subjects surviving from Kaliyuga become the subjects of Kytayuga.
Description of the Four Yugas - Verse 111
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 58 · Verse 111
Hap*>iness, longevity, strength, be autY virtue 418 Vayu Purana (Dharma) , wealth and love— all these become reduced by one fourth from one Yuga to another.
Description of the Four Yugas - Verse 112
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 58 · Verse 112
In the parts of junctions of Yugas {Sandhyarhsas) the Siddhis of Dharma become almogt extinct. Thus, O Brahmanas, the Pratisandhi (the period of transition between Yugas) has been narrated to you.
Description of the Four Yugas - Verse 116
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 58 · Verse 116
In a single set of four Yugas everything happens in the manner you have heard now. In the other sets of four Yugas also the same thing happens in the same order.
Description of the Four Yugas - Verse 117
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 58 · Verse 117
The differences that occur in the various creations are confined to twentyfive, neither more nor less.
Description of the Four Yugas - Verse 118
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 58 · Verse 118
So also the Kalpas and the Yugas are similar in characteristics. This alone is the characteristic sign of all the Manvantaras.
Description of the Four Yugas - Verse 119
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 58 · Verse 119
So also the transitions of the Yugas occur naturally. They are eternal as well. But the living beings that undergo modifications in the form of dissolution and re-creation cannot be permanent.
Description of the Four Yugas - Verse 120
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 58 · Verse 120
Thus the characteristics of Yugas have been briefly mentioned, the Yugas of the past and future in all Manvantaras.
Description of the Four Yugas - Verse 125
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 58 · Verse 125
The Lord arranges for the creation and the division of castes and stages in the different Yugas in accordance with the nature of those Yugas for the purposes of fulfilling the functions, in the respective Yugas.
Description of the Four Yugas - Verse 126
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 58 · Verse 126
The topic has been narrated in brief. Now listen to and understand the creation of the world. I shall explain the situation in different Yugas in details and in proper order.
Description of the Four Yugas - Verse 73-74
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 58 · Verse 73-74
This is the condition in Kali Age. Now understand the condition in the part of the junction (Sandhyamia) from me. In every Yuga the achievements ( Siddhis) shrink and dwindle by three-fourths. In accordance with the nature of the Yuga, the Sandhyas stay by a quarter. In accordance with the nature of the Sandhyas they are established in their parts by a quarter.
Description of the Four Yugas - Verse 109-110
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 58 · Verse 109-110
Just as new shoots grow from the roots of grasses that are burnt during the summer in the forest-fire? so aho the new Yuga grows out of the old Yuga. Till the end of the Manvantara this series goes on without break.
Description of the Four Yugas - Verse 113-114
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 58 · Verse 113-114
By means of this alone should all the sets of four Yugas be known. When the set of four Yugas repeats a thousand times, it is the day ofgod Brahma. His night is also of the same duration. In it, there is simplicity and inactiveness oftheBhutas (elements) . cycles of the sets of four Yugas occurring successively constitute a Manvantara.
Description of the Four Yugas - Verse 121-122
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 58 · Verse 121-122
In respect of the future Manvantaras the traits shall be inferred from the previous one. In the Manvantaras whether of the past or of the future, know that the Manvantaras shall be explained by the present one; one Kalpa is explained by explaining another.1
Description of the Four Yugas - Verse 123-124
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 58 · Verse 123-124
The eight classes of Devas, sages and Manus are also similar in all Manvantaras in names, forms and purposes. —Mahanarayatfiya Up. 5.7.
Description of the Four Yugas - Verse 86-88
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 58 · Verse 86-88
In the previous Kali Yuga, he was of Gandramas Gotra (Lunar race). When he was thirtytwo (he started his victorious march) . For twenty years, he continued to slay men and other living beings in thousands. By his firm action, he rendered the earth a relic (memento) of his valour. Due to his anger provoked by mutual causes ( bilateral relations) or suddenness, he subdued Vrsalas who were generally unrighteous. Thereafter, he attained eternal rest along with his followers in the region (confluence ?) of Ganga and Yamuna.
Description of the Four Yugas - Verse 81-83
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 58 · Verse 81-83
He killed the Udm were not religious castes as well as ( people of the Middle Land), westerners, dwellers in Vindhya southerners, Dravicias, Simhalas, Yavanas, Tusaras, Barbaras, Gin; Lampakas, Ketas, and the differe
Description of the Four Yugas - Verse 75-76
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 58 · Verse 75-76
Thus when the period of junction ( Sandhyamid) approaches at the close of the (Kali) Yuga, a king, the chastiser of the wicked people, will be bom after the death (fall) of V _ t • \ chastiser be called nri the S-' was a part of Visnu
Description of the Four Yugas - Verse 64-66
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 58 · Verse 64-66
Yajnas arc forsaken when Dharraa receives a setback. There will be many types of heretics like wearers of ochre-coloured robes (Buddhists) , Jainas and Kapalikas (skull-bearing mendicants). There will be sellers of the Vedas and of the sacred places. Heretics antagonistic to the discipline and arrangement of different castes and stages oflife will be born. When Kali Yuga sets in, the Vedas will not be studied. Sudras will be experts and authorities in the affairs of Dharma.
Description of the Four Yugas - Verse 89-91
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 58 · Verse 89-91
When he thus passed away along with his ministers and faithful soldiers, after exterminating all the kings and Mlecchas in thousands, when the period of the part of Sandhya arrived at the end of the Yuga, and when only a few of the people remained scattered here and there, the unchecked people became active in the world in groups. They harassed one another and sought help of one another.
Yugas and Classes of People : Lineage of Sages - Verse 1
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 59 · Verse 1
Yugas and Classes of People : Lineage of Sages Suta sa id : Listen to and understand the details of those who are born in the different Yugas. I which Yuga demons, serpents, cattles, birds, Pisacas, Yaksas and Raksasas are born and how long they live.
Yugas and Classes of People : Lineage of Sages - Verse 2
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 59 · Verse 2
Pisacas, Asuras, Gandharvas, Yaksas, Raksasas and Pannagas (serpents) live for the whole period of the Yuga, unless they are killed by someone.
Yugas and Classes of People : Lineage of Sages - Verse 3
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 59 · Verse 3
The span of life of human immobile beings fluctuates traits of the Yuga.1
Yugas and Classes of People : Lineage of Sages - Verse 4
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 59 · Verse 4
Instability in regard to the span of life of living beings is seen in Kali Yuga. The maximum life expectation of human beings in this Yuga is a hundred years.
Yugas and Classes of People : Lineage of Sages - Verse 8
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 59 · Verse 8
In all the periods of Yugas of the past and future man has the height of eight spans (Talas i.e. Vitasti or the distance between the tips of the little finger and the thumb when both are extended) measuring with his own fingers.
Yugas and Classes of People : Lineage of Sages - Verse 9
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 59 · Verse 9
He who is nine Talas high from foot to head with arms extending upto the knees when they are close together, is worshipped even by Devas.
Yugas and Classes of People : Lineage of Sages - Verse 10
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 59 · Verse 10
In every Yuga the height of cows, horses, elephants, buffaloes and immobile beings varies as follows :
Yugas and Classes of People : Lineage of Sages - Verse 11
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 59 · Verse 11
The hump of bulls is seventysix Angulas. The height of elephants is full hundred and eight Angulas.
Yugas and Classes of People : Lineage of Sages - Verse 12
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 59 · Verse 12
The height of horses is fifty Angulas and that of trees is a thousand Angulas less by forty Angulas (i.e. nine hundred sixty) .
Yugas and Classes of People : Lineage of Sages - Verse 13
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 59 · Verse 13
The constitution of the bodies of Devas is as a matter of fact similar to that of human beings.
Yugas and Classes of People : Lineage of Sages - Verse 14
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 59 · Verse 14
It is said that the body of Devas is endowed with exceptional intellect. The human body is said to be equipped with less intelligence than that of Devas.
Yugas and Classes of People : Lineage of Sages - Verse 15
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 59 · Verse 15
Thus the life of gods and human beings has been explained. Now listen to the description of animals, birds and immobile beings.
Yugas and Classes of People : Lineage of Sages - Verse 16
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 59 · Verse 16
Cows, goats, buffaloes, horses, elephants, birds and trees are useful in sacrificial and all other rites.
Yugas and Classes of People : Lineage of Sages - Verse 17
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 59 · Verse 17
They are born again in the same form in the abodes of Devas. They, of auspicious forms, are such as can be enjoyed by the Devas as they pleased.
Yugas and Classes of People : Lineage of Sages - Verse 18
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 59 · Verse 18
With the forms befitting them, either mobile or immobile, and with charming sizes as are known to those conversant with reality, they become happy.
Yugas and Classes of People : Lineage of Sages - Verse 19
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 59 · Verse 19
I shall now explain the remaining ones ( Sistas or cultured people) constituting ' Sat-s and Sadhits (saints).1 The X. Verses 21-32 explain the concept of Dharma and what is Srauta Dharma and Smdrta Dharma, The characteristics of Dharma are given in w. 40-55.
Yugas and Classes of People : Lineage of Sages - Verse 59
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 59 · Verse 59
20-31 421 word c saf indicates Brahman. Those who possess it, are called santas due to their similarity with Brahman.
Yugas and Classes of People : Lineage of Sages - Verse 63
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 59 · Verse 63
Among the past and the future, the sages are said to be of five types. Hence I shall recount the origin of sages and of Arsa (whatever pertains to the Rsis) .
Yugas and Classes of People : Lineage of Sages - Verse 66
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 59 · Verse 66
Both of them function like the fish and the water. The Tattva ( Pradhana ) presided over by consciousness (the conscious Purusa) functions through Gunas .
Yugas and Classes of People : Lineage of Sages - Verse 67
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 59 · Verse 67
Since the cause is present the effect functions in the same way. The object functions due to the subject. The Artha (meaning) functions due to its meaningfulness ( state of possessing meaning) .
Yugas and Classes of People : Lineage of Sages - Verse 68
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 59 · Verse 68
The differences which are materialised by Kola ( Time) are due to the intrinsic nature of the cause. They become explicitly manifest in due course as Mahat and other principles.
Yugas and Classes of People : Lineage of Sages - Verse 69
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 59 · Verse 69
From Mahat, Ahamkdra (Cosmic Ego) is evolved ; from Ego the (Subtle) elements. The different elements are evolved due to mutual interaction. The cause immediately transforms (itself) into action.
Yugas and Classes of People : Lineage of Sages - Verse 70
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 59 · Verse 70
Just as a burning fire-brand spreads its sparks all round simultaneously while falling, so also the conscious Principle (.Ksetrajha) that transforms itself due to the action of Time manifests himself.
Yugas and Classes of People : Lineage of Sages - Verse 71
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 59 · Verse 71
Just as a glow-worm is suddenly seen in blinding darkness, so also Mahat is evolved out of the unmanifest and shines like a glow-worm.
Yugas and Classes of People : Lineage of Sages - Verse 72
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 59 · Verse 72
The Principle of Consciousness stays at the entrance to the great chamber where the embodied principle Mahat stays.
Yugas and Classes of People : Lineage of Sages - Verse 73
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 59 · Verse 73
Mahat is seen beyond Tamas (the dark principle) on account of its distinct disparity. The Sruti says, “The con426 Vayu Parana scious Principle, the knower, stays there itself at the end of darkness”.
Yugas and Classes of People : Lineage of Sages - Verse 74
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 59 · Verse 74
As it ( Mahat ) was transforming, Buddhi (Intellect) manifested itself in four ways viz. perfect knowledge, detachment, glory and Dharma.
Yugas and Classes of People : Lineage of Sages - Verse 75
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 59 · Verse 75
All these are its evolutes and well-shaped too. It is called Siddhi (Evolute) as it is effected through the transformation of embodied Mahat.
Yugas and Classes of People : Lineage of Sages - Verse 76
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 59 · Verse 76
He {Purusa) stays in the body {Pur) and possesses the knowledge of the body. He is called Purusa as he dwells in the Pur (body) , and is called Ksetrajha due to his knowledge of the body.
Yugas and Classes of People : Lineage of Sages - Verse 77
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 59 · Verse 77
Since he has knowledge of the Ksetra (body) , he is called Ksetrajha. Therefore the Lord is called Intellect {Mati). Since he abides with Buddhi (Intellect) , he is of the nature of knowledge (Bodha) . For the accomplishment (of task of the world ?) this non-intelligent entity, both manifest and unmainfest, is pervaded (by the Intelligent Principle) .
Yugas and Classes of People : Lineage of Sages - Verse 78
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 59 · Verse 78
Thus it is the conscious principle that dissociates itself from the objects of sense-organs. It is this very principle that cognizes the objects as worthy of being enjoyed.
Yugas and Classes of People : Lineage of Sages - Verse 79
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 59 · Verse 79
The root 's/rs means c to go 5 . It refers to the Vedas, truthfulness and penance. He who is devoted to these three and attains Brahman is called c Rsi\ x • *
Yugas and Classes of People : Lineage of Sages - Verse 80
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 59 · Verse 80
The Rsi who attains the knowledge of the great unmanifest principle and abstains from worldly attachment simultaneously is called Paramarsi.
Yugas and Classes of People : Lineage of Sages - Verse 81
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 59 · Verse 81
From the root '\/rs meaning “to go55 , the name Rsi has been derived. Since the mental sons of Brahma are selfborn, they are tsvaras (endowed with spiritual power).
Yugas and Classes of People : Lineage of Sages - Verse 82
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 59 · Verse 82
He who is not restricted or delimited by measures is called great. Those who attain the Great Principle by means of attributes are called Maharsis. They are the seers who can penetrate beyond intellect.
Yugas and Classes of People : Lineage of Sages - Verse 83
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 59 · Verse 83
The hearts of those powerful (mental sons) are auspicious. Eschewing ego and ignorance ( Tamas ) , they have attained sagehood. n mmmmmtmmmmmrnmmmmimm** 1, Verses 79-107 clarify the concept ‘Rsi* and give the details of the different classes of &sis, e.g. composers of the Mantras and Brahmanas etc. and explanations of 4 Maharsi5 etc. These also give the families of sages. s
Yugas and Classes of People : Lineage of Sages - Verse 84
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 59 · Verse 84
Hence those who have a real insight and knowledge of*the Bhutadi (Cosmic Ego) are called Rsis (Sages). The sons of Rsis (Sages) who are born of womb through sexual intercourse are called Rsikas.
Yugas and Classes of People : Lineage of Sages - Verse 85
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 59 · Verse 85
Those (spiritually) powerful ones realize the Tanmdtras (subtle elements) and Satya (the truth) . The Seven Sages, therefore, are the supreme realizer of the Truth.
Yugas and Classes of People : Lineage of Sages - Verse 86
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 59 · Verse 86
The sons of the sages are known as Rsiputras, Since they have attained learning and the mastery of the principles, they are called Srutarsis. They are keen observers of the true wisdom.
Yugas and Classes of People : Lineage of Sages - Verse 87
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 59 · Verse 87
They are of five classes. Their names are Avyaktatmd, Mahatma, Aharhkdratmd, Bhutamd and Indriyatmd. They practise five kinds of knowledge. Listen to the five classes of sages by their names.
Yugas and Classes of People : Lineage of Sages - Verse 88
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 59 · Verse 88
The following are powerful lords self-born as the mental sons of Brahma: Bhrgu, Marxci, Atri, Angiras, Pulaha, Kratu, Manu, Daksa, Vasistha and Pulastya, ten in all.
Yugas and Classes of People : Lineage of Sages - Verse 89
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 59 · Verse 89
As they are born of the sage and are hence ( spiritually great ) , they are called Maharsis. Know the names of the sages who were the sons of these great sages [Maharsis) .
Yugas and Classes of People : Lineage of Sages - Verse 95
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 59 · Verse 95
Isvaras, Rsikas and others are the seers (creators of Mantras) . Now listen to their names.
Yugas and Classes of People : Lineage of Sages - Verse 103
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 59 · Verse 103
Kasyapa, Vatsara, Vibhrama, Raibhya, Asita and Devala these six belong to the family of Kasyapa and they are the expounders of Brahman.
Yugas and Classes of People : Lineage of Sages - Verse 104
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 59 · Verse 104
Atri, Arcisana, Syamavan, Nisthura, the intelligent sage Valgutaka and Purvatithi—these are the descendants of Atri. They are great sages ( Maharsis ) and seers of Mantras.
Yugas and Classes of People : Lineage of Sages - Verse 107
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 59 · Verse 107
These are the creators (seers of Mantras) and destroyers of unrighteousness. This characteristic of the Vedas is prescribed for all the branches of the Veda.
Yugas and Classes of People : Lineage of Sages - Verse 111
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 59 · Verse 111
The word c Prasarhsa (Praise) is derived from the root Vtarns with the prefix Pra—. A statement is praised by virtue of its merits. ‘This is this 5 , ‘This is not this5 —this sort of indecision is called Sarh§aya (Doubt).
Yugas and Classes of People : Lineage of Sages - Verse 112
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 59 · Verse 112
The concept of Purakalpa is due to its having taken place in the past.
Yugas and Classes of People : Lineage of Sages - Verse 113
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 59 · Verse 113
The events of ancient times cannot be decided by Mantras, Brahmanas, Kalpas and Nigamas, howsoever genuine i. Verses 108-117 explain some terms such as Hetu, Profamsa, Sutra etc.
Yugas and Classes of People : Lineage of Sages - Verse 114
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 59 · Verse 114
Just as this, so also is that; this is also so, this is the tenth instruction of the Brahmana.* down by the learned. Later on its Vrtti (commentary) (on every word) was composed by Brahmanas.
Yugas and Classes of People : Lineage of Sages - Verse 116
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 59 · Verse 116
The utility of the Mantras is in the prescribed rites through injunctions. The word * Mantra9 is derived from "\Jmantr f to whisper9 . And the word Brahmana signifies a person who maintains the injunctions of Brahma.
Yugas and Classes of People : Lineage of Sages - Verse 117
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 59 · Verse 117
The knowers of Sutras called that (statement) as Sutra which consists of very few syllables, is free from ambiguity, full of essence, which is comprehensive in application yet devoid of superfluous adjuncts and contains no objectionable word.
Yugas and Classes of People : Lineage of Sages - Verse 64-65
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 59 · Verse 64-65
When the Gunas were in (a state of) equilibrium, there was the annihilation of everything. There were no Devas anywhere. As if due to their assimilation (atideta) it {Pradhana) unintelligently functions for the sake of Cetana (the conscious one) . Thereby it was presided over by Cetana (the conscious principle) without its awareness.
Yugas and Classes of People : Lineage of Sages - Verse 105-106
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 59 · Verse 105-106
Vasistha, Sakti, Parasara, (the fourth one) Indrapramati, (the fifth) Bharadvasu, (the sixth) Maitravaruna, (the seventh) Kundina, (the eighth) Sudyumna, the ninth Brhaspati and the tenth Bharadvaja—these ten are the composers of Mantras and Brahmanas.
Yugas and Classes of People : Lineage of Sages - Verse 108-110
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 59 · Verse 108-110
The word Hetu (reason of inference) is derived from \/hi ‘to destroy’. 1 ‘That which destroys what is argued by the opponent5 is called Hetu. Or it may be from ^/hi ‘to go5 — ‘that which enables one to the acquisition of the meaning* is Hetu. It helps to arrive at a definite (decisive) meaning of a statement after refuting the opponent’s standpoint. Preceptors say that it means Ninda (censure ) when the statements (of the opponents) are censured due to their defects.
Yugas and Classes of People : Lineage of Sages - Verse 90-91
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 59 · Verse 90-91
Kavya, Byhaspati, KaSyapa, Usanas, Utathya, Vamadeva, Apojya, Aisija, Kardama, Visravas, Sakti, Valakhilya and Dhara. These are called sages because they had attained that stage through their knowledge.
Yugas and Classes of People : Lineage of Sages - Verse 5-7
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 59 · Verse 5-7
The height of Devas and Asuras is one hundred and fiftyeight Aiigulas in Kali age. In human beings ( ?) the height is gradually reduced by seven times seven
Yugas and Classes of People : Lineage of Sages - Verse 92-94
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 59 · Verse 92-94
Understand that the Rsikas, sons of sages, were born of wombs. Vatsara, Nagrahu, Bharadvaja, Brhaduttha, Saradvan, Agastya, Ausija, Dirghatamas, Brhaduktha, Saradvata, Vajasravas, Suvitta, Suvak, Vesaparayana, Dadhlca, Sankhaman and king Vaisravana—these are called R$ika$. They attained Rsihood ( status ofRsis) through truthfulness.
Yugas and Classes of People : Lineage of Sages - Verse 96-97
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 59 · Verse 96-97
Bhrgu, Kavya, Pracetas, Dadhlca, Atmavan, Aurva, Jamadagni, Vida, Sarasvata, Advisena, Arupa, Vltahavya, Sumedhasa, Vainya, Prthu, Divodasa, Prasvara, Grtsaman Nabha : these nineteen sages were the expounders of Mantras. 98-102, Angiras, Vedhasa, Bharadvaja, Baskali, Gargya, Seni, Samhrti, Purukutsa, Mandhata, Ambarlsa, 428 Vayu Purana rya, Ajamidha, Rsabha, Bali, Prsadasva, Virupa, Kanva, Mudgala, Yuvanasva, Paurukutsa, Trasaddasyu, Sadasyuman, Utathya, Bharadvaja, Vajasravas, Ayapya, Suvitti, Vamadeva, Augaja, Brhaduktha, Dxrghatapas and Kaksivan : these thirtythree are excellent descendants of Angiras. These are Mantrakrts (Composers i.e. seers of Mantras). Now understand the descendants of Kasyapa.
Description ofHoly Places : The Death of Sakalya - Verse 1
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 60 · Verse 1
Description ofHoly Places : The Death of Sakalya On hearing his words the sages said to Suta of wide knowledge — e< 0 intelligent Sir, how were the Vedas classified before ? Please tell us that. 99 Suta said :
Description ofHoly Places : The Death of Sakalya - Verse 2
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 60 · Verse 2
O highly intelligent sage, in the Svayambhuva Manvantara, when Dvapara had set in, Brahma said this to Manu. I shall repeat it.
Description ofHoly Places : The Death of Sakalya - Verse 3
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 60 · Verse 3
“O dear one, when a Yuga passes away, Brahmanas become deficient in energy and vigour. All of them become enveloped by the defects of the new Yuga.
Description ofHoly Places : The Death of Sakalya - Verse 4
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 60 · Verse 4
Only very little (of the previous glory) remains to be seen. Only a ten-thousandth part of what existed originally at the beginning of Krta Age remains .
Description ofHoly Places : The Death of Sakalya - Verse 5
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 60 · Verse 5
Power, splendour, strength and eloquence—everything 430 Vayu Purana perishes. Hence Vedas should be classified, lest there should be utter destruction (of that lore) .
Description ofHoly Places : The Death of Sakalya - Verse 6
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 60 · Verse 6
When the Vedas perish, Yajna perishes. When Yajna perishes, Devas perish. Then everything perishes.
Description ofHoly Places : The Death of Sakalya - Verse 7
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 60 · Verse 7
The original Vedas consisted of four Padas and a hundred thousand Mantras. It has increased ten times. The entire Yajn^a yields all desires53 .
Description ofHoly Places : The Death of Sakalya - Verse 8
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 60 · Verse 8
On being addressed thus, Lord Manu, engaged in the welfare of the worlds said, “So be it55 . He divided the Vedas into four books (compendia) .
Description ofHoly Places : The Death of Sakalya - Verse 9
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 60 · Verse 9
It was at the instance of Brahma and with a desire for the well-being of the world (that he divided the Veda). It is by the present classification of the Vedas that you have to imagine the (extent etc. of) the Vedas.
Description ofHoly Places : The Death of Sakalya - Verse 10
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 60 · Verse 10
I shall narrate to you (the classification of the Vedas) in accordance with present Manvantara. It is by adopting the process of inference of what is beyond perception that you understand ( the classification) , O excellent ones.
Description ofHoly Places : The Death of Sakalya - Verse 11
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 60 · Verse 11
In this Yuga, the son of Parasara who is glorified as a part of Vi§nu and who is well-known as Dvaipayana, the scorcher (vanquisher) of enemies, was: made Vyasa1 (the arranger of the Vedas).
Description ofHoly Places : The Death of Sakalya - Verse 14
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 60 · Verse 14
He formally made the Brahmana Paila the propounder of the Rgveda and Vaisaihpayana the expounder of the Yajurveda.
Description ofHoly Places : The Death of Sakalya - Verse 15
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 60 · Verse 15
He accepted Jaimini as the propounder of the Sama Veda. Similarly he took the excellent sage Sumantu as the expounder of the Atharva Veda.
Description ofHoly Places : The Death of Sakalya - Verse 60
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 60 · Verse 60
16-25 431
Description ofHoly Places : The Death of Sakalya - Verse 63
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 60 · Verse 63
Sakalya (otherwise known as) Devamitra, was a noble, excellent Brahmana. He was intelligent and excellent among those who know the implications of grammar. He had composed five Samhitas.
Description ofHoly Places : The Death of Sakalya - Verse 64
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 60 · Verse 64
He had five disciples, viz. Mudgala, Goiaka, Khallya, Matsya and Saisireya (the fifth one).
Description ofHoly Places : The Death of Sakalya - Verse 65
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 60 · Verse 65
Sakapurna Rathlfcara expounded (compiled) three Samhitas. This excellent Brahmana composed Nirukta as his fourth work.
Description ofHoly Places : The Death of Sakalya - Verse 66
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 60 · Verse 66
He had four sarman , viz. Ketava, Dalaki, Dharma5V were Brahmanas who observed holy rites.
Description ofHoly Places : The Death of Sakalya - Verse 67
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 60 · Verse 67
When § sin of BrahminBrahma. present there incurred the ed thus thev approached jig SMm m w Sxfflsm. mmm 436 Vayu Purana
Description ofHoly Places : The Death of Sakalya - Verse 68
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 60 · Verse 68
On knowing mentally their situation, Brahma sent them to Pavana Pura. “All of you go there, your sin will be washed off immediately.
Description ofHoly Places : The Death of Sakalya - Verse 69
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 60 · Verse 69
After bowing to the twelve suns, the deity Valuka, the eleven Rudras and particularly the son of Vayu (Hanuman) and after taking a dip in the four holy pools, you will surmount (expunge) the sin of Brahmana’s slaughter”.
Description ofHoly Places : The Death of Sakalya - Verse 70
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 60 · Verse 70
On hearing this, they hastened to that city. They performed holy ablution in accordance with injunctions and visited the deities.
Description ofHoly Places : The Death of Sakalya - Verse 71
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 60 · Verse 71
They bowed to Uttaresvara. By the grace of Vadavas they became free from sins and attained the solar region.
Description ofHoly Places : The Death of Sakalya - Verse 72
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 60 · Verse 72
Ever since that time, that holy centre became a destroyer of sins. This holy city of Vayu had been built by the Wind-god formerly.
Description ofHoly Places : The Death of Sakalya - Verse 73
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 60 · Verse 73
When Hanuman, the son of the Wind-god, born of ( the womb of) Anjana, the great god of truthful exploits was born, this holy centre was created by Vayu, the son of god Brahma.
Description ofHoly Places : The Death of Sakalya - Verse 12-13
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 60 · Verse 12-13
Urged by god Brahma, he undertook the work of classifying the Veda. He adopted four disciples for (preservation and continuity of) of the Vedas. (They were) Jaimini* Sumantu, Vai sampayana, Paila (was the fourth of them) and the fifth Lomahar Sana.
Description ofHoly Places : The Death of Sakalya - Verse 61-62
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 60 · Verse 61-62
Answering hundreds and thousands of questions put by all of them, Yajnavalkya, who had deep penetration into the essence of those questions took the entire wealth. He spread his fame everywhere. He, the sage of controlled senses, left for home along with his disciples and was quite happy.
Description ofHoly Places : The Death of Sakalya - Verse 74-75
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 60 · Verse 74-75
Here the Sudras born in the world and dedicated to the Brahmanas were taxed heavily for their livelihood and for the performance of Brahma Yajna. In this manner, the great administration of the Brahmanas took root here: Even a slayer of cow, an ungrateful person, a wine addict or the defiler of one’s preceptor’s bed becomes free from all sins after bowing to Vadaditya.
Lineage of Prajapati - Verse 7
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 61 · Verse 7
Each of these three had three subdivisions. Thus there arose nine different schools.
Lineage of Prajapati - Verse 8
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 61 · Verse 8
The three main schools are Udlcyas (the northerners) , Madhyadesas (those of the middle countries) and Pracyas (the easterners) . Syamayani became the chief of the northern school.
Lineage of Prajapati - Verse 9
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 61 · Verse 9
These are the three regional heads.3 Aruni was eulogised as the first and foremost of those who had been established in the MadhyadeSa. Alambi was the first among the easterners. 1 . The academic genealogy of Bahvrcas : Baskala BharacLvaja Nandayanlya •j* * —CVS, p.31
Lineage of Prajapati - Verse 10
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 61 · Verse 10
All these Brahmanas who expounded the Samhitas are also called *Carakas\ On hearing his words, the sages who were d esirous of hearing, asked Suta:
Lineage of Prajapati - Verse 11
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 61 · Verse 11
c ‘What was the reason whereby the Adhvaryus were called Garakas ? What was it that they performed ? For what reason they were termed thus ?” Thus requested Suta explained to them how they came to acquire the designation Caraka. Suta said i 1
Lineage of Prajapati - Verse 12
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 61 · Verse 12
O excellent Brahmanas, the sages had to perform a rite. They went to the top of Meru and conferred with one another as follows :
Lineage of Prajapati - Verse 13
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 61 · Verse 13
“O excellent Brahmanas, he who does not come here within seven nights shall have to perform expiatory rite for Brahmana’s slaughter. This is proclaimed as our stipulated condition.”
Lineage of Prajapati - Verse 14
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 61 · Verse 14
Then all the sages, except Vaisampayana, reached the place where they were required to as per condition, within seven nights. Their attendants too came along with them.
Lineage of Prajapati - Verse 15
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 61 · Verse 15
At the instance of the Brahmanas he (Vaisampayana) intended to perform the expiatory rite for Brahmana slaughter. Gathering together his disciples, Vaisampayana said :
Lineage of Prajapati - Verse 16
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 61 · Verse 16
"O excellent Brahmanas, all of you perform expiatory rite for Brahmana5 s slaughter on my behalf. All of you come and speak to me words beneficent to me.” Yajnavalkya said :
Lineage of Prajapati - Verse 17
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 61 · Verse 17
“I shall perform it single-handedly. Let these sages
Lineage of Prajapati - Verse 61
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 61 · Verse 61
18-26 439 stand by. Purified by my own penance I shall raise up (develop) my (spiritual) strength. 55
Lineage of Prajapati - Verse 62
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 61 · Verse 62
There are additional fifteen and ten along with ten (Rks ?) known as Valakhilyas, Samapraikhas along with Savarnas.1
Lineage of Prajapati - Verse 63
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 61 · Verse 63
The Saman Mantras are eight thousand fourteen (in the Sama Veda) including Aranyaka along with Homa. Samagas (Sama-singers) sing them.
Lineage of Prajapati - Verse 64
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 61 · Verse 64
The Adhvaryava Veda consists of twelve thousand Mantras including the Yajur (Veda) and Brahmanas as compiled (classified) by Vyasa.
Lineage of Prajapati - Verse 65
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 61 · Verse 65
It includes the Gramya, Aranyaka and the Mantrakarana. Henceforth the narratives will be known as Purva-kathas ( former or ancient narratives) .
Lineage of Prajapati - Verse 66
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 61 · Verse 66
The Rk, Brahmana and Yajus are remembered to have Gramya, Aranya and Mantra (Sections). There are additionalcompilations (Khila) and supplementary ones (Upakhila) of Haridraviya as also the Paraksudras of Taittiriyas.
Lineage of Prajapati - Verse 67
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 61 · Verse 67
The Rk verses in the Vajasaneyl Samhita are a hundred less than two thousand. The Brahmana portion contains four times that number.
Lineage of Prajapati - Verse 68
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 61 · Verse 68
The total number of Yajur Mantras and Rks is eight thousand eight hundred eighty plus a quarter more along with Sukriya ( Samans belonging to Pravargya ) and Khila (additional) Mantras (according to) Yajnavalkya.
Lineage of Prajapati - Verse 69
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 61 · Verse 69
Similarly listen to the extent of the Samhita ofCarana1 Vidyas (sections of Vedic School—of Atharva ?). They contain six thousand twenty-six Rks. Yajur Mantras, it is said, are somewhat more than this.
Lineage of Prajapati - Verse 74
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 61 · Verse 74
The composers of Rks are the cause of the differences in recensions. In all the Manvantaras, the recensional differences are the same,
Lineage of Prajapati - Verse 75
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 61 · Verse 75
The Vedic text which is the creation of Prajapati eternal. These variations are due to the non-eternal nature 72-73. is 2 mantras again Devas. Creation of Mantras takes place again every Manvantara) .
Lineage of Prajapati - Verse 76
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 61 · Verse 76
The determination of the names of the Devas takes place in each Manvantara. The divisions of Sruti in the Dvapara Yuga have been narrated.
Lineage of Prajapati - Verse 77
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 61 · Verse 77
Thus, after handing over the Vedas and other to his disciples, the holy lord, the excellent sage Vyasa the forest for performing penance. These different have been made by his disciples and their disciples.
Lineage of Prajapati - Verse 78
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 61 · Verse 78
The fourteen lores are the (six) Angas (ancillary jects) , the four Vedas, Mimamsa,Nyaya-vistara (logic) , sastra and Puranas.
Lineage of Prajapati - Verse 80
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 61 · Verse 80
It should be known that Brahmarsis are^ the earliest ones, thereafter come Devarsis and then Rajarsis. 2 Thus the sources of origin of Rsis are three. It is through sages of welldisciplined observances, that Rsis were born.
Lineage of Prajapati - Verse 81
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 61 · Verse 81
Expounders of Brahman are born in the five Gotras, viz. among the descendants of Kasyapa, Vasistha, Bhrgu, Angiras and Atri. They are called Brahmarsis because they can go to (approach) Brahma.
Lineage of Prajapati - Verse 84
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 61 · Verse 84
Valakhilyas are the sons of Kratu ; Kardama is the son of Pulaha. Kubera is the son of Pulastya and Acala is known as the son of Pratyusa.
Lineage of Prajapati - Verse 85
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 61 · Verse 85
Parvata and Narada are the sons of Kasyapa. They are remembered as Devarsis ( Celestial Sages) , because they approach Devas. # r
Lineage of Prajapati - Verse 86
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 61 · Verse 86
Kings born in the race of Manu and in the dynasty Ot Aila (Pururavas) , viz. Ailas, Aiksvakas (descendants of Iksvaku) and Nabhagas should be known as Rajarsis (Royal Sages). T. Traditionally the number of Vidyas (lores or sciences) is fourteen, but it becomes eighteen by adding four ‘Subsidary Vedas.’ CVS P. 47 has given the following relation between Vedas and Upavedas. Veda Upaveda R Veda _ Ayurveda ( Science of Medicine) — Dhanurveda (Military Science) Gandharvaveda (Musicology) Arthasastra (Politics, Economics, Administration)
Lineage of Prajapati - Verse 87
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 61 · Verse 87
They are called Rdjar$is because they have attained (Rsanti) the Prajas (subjects) through delighting them (Ranjandt). Brahmarsis are considered to be established in Brahmaloka.
Lineage of Prajapati - Verse 88
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 61 · Verse 88
The auspicious Devarsis (Celestial Sages) should be known as established in Devaloka. 89 . The Celestial Sages (Devarsis ) and Raj arsis are proclaimed as Brahmarsis on account of their nobility of birth, penance, ability to utter (compose and recite) Mantras.
Lineage of Prajapati - Verse 94
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 61 · Verse 94
They are long-lived ; they compose Mantras; they are possessed of noble qualities ; they are endowed with divine visions ; they are enlightened; they practise virtue directly and make their lineage function.
Lineage of Prajapati - Verse 97
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 61 · Verse 97
The arrangement of castes and stages of life in the Krta and other Yugas is made at the outset by them in each and every Age.
Lineage of Prajapati - Verse 98
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 61 · Verse 98
When the Treta Yuga begins again, again establish the castes and stages of life these seven family heroes are Saptarsis (Seven Sages) who are credited a very long life. 448 Vayu Furana
Lineage of Prajapati - Verse 99
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 61 · Verse 99
When a son is born to 3- father, and. when the son turns into a father, the line of sages continues without a break. The sages thus live till the end of the Yuga. The numbei of sages who are householders is said to be eightyeight thousand.
Lineage of Prajapati - Verse 100
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 61 · Verse 100
Those who resort to the Pitryana to the south of Aryaman (the Sun god), take wives unto themselves and perform Agnihotra (domestic sacrifices) . They are known as the cause of progeny.
Lineage of Prajapati - Verse 101
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 61 · Verse 101
Householders are innumerable. They resort to cremation ground. Eightyeight thousand of them are in the , northern path. #
Lineage of Prajapati - Verse 102
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 61 · Verse 102
Those sages of sublimated sexuality who are reported to have attained heaven, are reborn at the end of the Yuga as the composers of hlantras and Brahmanas.
Lineage of Prajapati - Verse 103
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 61 · Verse 103
Thus they are repeatedly reborn in Dvapara Ages. They are the composers of Kalpa-Texts (Ritualistic Texts) , propounders of commentatorial literature on different sciences at the end of the Yuga.
Lineage of Prajapati - Verse 104
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 61 · Verse 104
When this Dvapara is over, in the further Dvapara Asvatthaman, the son of Drona, will be the Vedavyasa of great penance.1 .
Lineage of Prajapati - Verse 105
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 61 · Verse 105
In the future times the different recensions of the Vedas will be composed by him. By virtue of his great penance, he will attain eternal Brahman.
Lineage of Prajapati - Verse 106
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 61 · Verse 106
Karman is attained by penance; through Karman fame is attained; through fame truth is attained; and through truth eternal Brahman is attained.
Lineage of Prajapati - Verse 107
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 61 · Verse 107
From the eternal immortality is attained and from immortality essence of every object is attained. This eternal one-syllabled (Om) Brahman, is established in the Self {Atman). It is called Brahman due to its greatness or (inconceivable) vastness.
Lineage of Prajapati - Verse 108
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 61 · Verse 108
It remains in the form of Pranava and is known as BhuhyBkuvah, Svah. Obeisance to the Brahman of the form of Rk Yajus, Saman and Atharvan.
Lineage of Prajapati - Verse 109
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 61 · Verse 109
Obeisance to that excellent Brahman that is known as the cause of the annihilation and origination of the Universe and that is the esoteric secret beyond Mahat.
Lineage of Prajapati - Verse 110
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 61 · Verse 110
It is unfathomable, unlimited and inexhaustible or imperishable. It is the source of the delusion of the Universe. It is the cause of the realization of human aims through enlightenment and activity.
Lineage of Prajapati - Verse 111
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 61 · Verse 111
It is the culminating point of those who adhere to the tenets of the Sahkhya philosophy, the goal which gives its association (?) It is the unmanifest, immortal, eternal Brahman, the cause of Prakfti.
Lineage of Prajapati - Verse 112
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 61 · Verse 112
It is called Pradhana, self-born, the secret and Sattva. It is indivisible, the essence of everything ( §ukra ) , imperishable and multiformed.
Lineage of Prajapati - Verse 116
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 61 · Verse 116
When anything is done by anyone, he gets identified with it. What is done by one, is previously conceived by another (i.e. by Brahman) .
Lineage of Prajapati - Verse 117
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 61 · Verse 117
When (even) a verbal effort (yahmayam) by anyone is made anywhere that is done by Him (Brahman) only. The act (merely) appears to be done by the doer.
Lineage of Prajapati - Verse 118
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 61 · Verse 118
Absence of passion, over-attachment, knowledge, ignorance, pleasure, displeasure, dhama and adharma (good and evil) , happiness, sorrow, death, immortality, the state of being above, below or at the sides—'all these are due to the unseen (Adrsta, destiny) . *Bd. P. reads: yon na darsitavan &$ak ‘which he A better reading. 450 Vayu Puraria
Lineage of Prajapati - Verse 121
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 61 · Verse 121
Being born frequently in the revolving cycles of the Yugas, the sages compose and propagate Samhitas.
Lineage of Prajapati - Verse 122
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 61 · Verse 122
It is mentioned before that there are eighty-eight thousand Srutarsis. They propagate these (Vedic) Samhitas again and again. 123. Those branches (of the Vedic lore) are rearranged again and again in every Yuga by them who, following the Southern Path, resorted to cremation grounds ( = died). 124 In all (every) Dvapara Age, (Vedic) Samhitas have been composed by Srutarsis. In their lineage, these recensions (branches of Veda) appear again and again. Those recensions and their composers survive till the end of the Yuga.
Lineage of Prajapati - Verse 125
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 61 · Verse 125
It should be known that the composition of all the different branches (of the Vedas) in the past and future Manvantaras takes place in a similar way.
Lineage of Prajapati - Verse 126
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 61 · Verse 126
(The composition of the branches of Veda) of the past (Manvantaras) have elapsed, those of the present (Manvantara) exist, and those of the future (Manvantara) will be described in the future.
Lineage of Prajapati - Verse 127
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 61 · Verse 127
The later Manvantara shall be understood through the earlier Manvantara. Both of them shall be understood through the present (Manvantara) . The decision of the Manvantara is on this basis.
Lineage of Prajapati - Verse 128
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 61 · Verse 128
Thus Devas, Pitrs, Sages and Manus go up and return along with the Mantras.
Lineage of Prajapati - Verse 131
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 61 · Verse 131
But till thev see successive rebirths, they c ten Celestial Yugas before
Lineage of Prajapati - Verse 132
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 61 · Verse 132
Fromjanaloka t] do not return. Thus thon* : they stop. In Brahmaloka they meet death along with sages.
Lineage of Prajapati - Verse 141
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 61 · Verse 141
The duration of a Manvantara according to the celes tial calculation is eight hundred fiftytwo thousand years.
Lineage of Prajapati - Verse 142
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 61 · Verse 142
Fourteen times this period constitute the Abhutasam plava (the period of final dissolution) . A thousand sets of ®ui Yugas constitute a day of Brahma.
Lineage of Prajapati - Verse 143
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 61 · Verse 143
All the living beings will be scorched by die rays o the Sun. Keeping Brahma at the head, and aecompanie. ] Devas, Sages and Danavas, they will enter lord Mahe vara the most excellent among Devas. the head, and accora XYJU‘
Lineage of Prajapati - Verse 144
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 61 · Verse 144
It is He who creates 2 beginning of Kalpas. Thus, t Kala (the period of sustenance) Sages.
Lineage of Prajapati - Verse 145
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 61 · Verse 145
(The period) what is at the * * TCML 5 452 Vayu Purdna recounted to you by me before. Now listen to and understand the interim period ( Pratisandhi) of all Manvantaras. 1
Lineage of Prajapati - Verse 146
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 61 · Verse 146
That which includes Krta and Treta, Dvapara and Kali is known as Caturyuga (set of four Yugas) . When it revolves into seventyone cycles, it is the period of a Manvantara. Thus the lord has ordained.
Lineage of Prajapati - Verse 147
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 61 · Verse 147
The characteristics of the Manvantaras of the past or of the future are explained through (those of) the present one.
Lineage of Prajapati - Verse 148
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 61 · Verse 148
Thus the mode of creation of Svayambhuva Manu has been narrated. I shall now mention the interim period which links it with the following Manvantara.
Lineage of Prajapati - Verse 149
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 61 · Verse 149
The Manvantaras in the future will also pass as in the previous period along with Devas and sages through the inevitability of destiny.
Lineage of Prajapati - Verse 150
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 61 · Verse 150
Those who have been the lords of the three worlds in this Manvantara, the Seven Sages, Devas, Pitrs and Manus are known as Sadhakas throughout the period of this Manvantara.
Lineage of Prajapati - Verse 151
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 61 · Verse 151
Realising the expiry of their tenure and the fall from authority, they eagerly turn to go to Maharloka.
Lineage of Prajapati - Verse 152
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 61 · Verse 152
The deities who decline in this Manvantara survive Kjta Yuga in the course of their life time.
Lineage of Prajapati - Verse 153
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 61 · Verse 153
In the meanwhile the future lords of Manvantaras, Deities, Pitjrs, Sages and Manus are born similarly.
Lineage of Prajapati - Verse 154
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 61 · Verse 154
In every Manvantara it is the surviving subj ects at the end ofKaliyugas who constitute the earlier subjects of the Kfta Yugas.
Lineage of Prajapati - Verse 155
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 61 · Verse 155
Just as the continuity of Krta Yuga is remembered as preceded by Kali Yuga by learned men, so also the beginning of Manvantaras is preceded by the end of (the previous) Manvantara. 156*157. When the earlier Manvantara declines and the later one begins to function, those who survive in the beginning of the Kyta Yuga, viz. the Seven Sages and Manu, remain biding their time (performing penance ) .
Lineage of Prajapati - Verse 164
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 61 · Verse 164
The good people who have survived? begin to and propagate the good conduct of life. In *he beginning ° c Manvantaras, Manu and the Seven Sages initiate e °J n es * Human beings along with the Devas also perform t ose rites. ^
Lineage of Prajapati - Verse 167
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 61 · Verse 167
After remaining in the practice of virtue pertaining to the castes and stages of life for a hundred thousam >ears, an after establishing the set of three Vedas, agricultural and otner occupations for livelihood, maintenance of law an or er an the virtuous practice of the discipline of castes an stages o l e, they desire to attain heaven.
Lineage of Prajapati - Verse 168
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 61 · Verse 168
After they have set out for heaven, they at the ou maintain all the virtues wholeheartedly. .
Lineage of Prajapati - Verse 169
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 61 · Verse 169
At the ead of the Manvantara, they abandon teir abodes and go to Maharloka which is ^ree rom ai ! along with the Mantras.
Lineage of Prajapati - Verse 170
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 61 · Verse 170
Free from aberrations, these people of self-control, stay till ing passage of the Manvantara.
Lineage of Prajapati - Verse 173
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 61 · Verse 173
Among the Seven Sages, Manu, Devas and Pitys those who had been before die along with the future ones ( ?)
Lineage of Prajapati - Verse 174
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 61 · Verse 174
Their final dissolution takes place at the close of (all) Manvantaras . They continue endlessly in the same order in all the Manvantaras, till the final dissolution of all beings.
Lineage of Prajapati - Verse 175
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 61 · Verse 175
Thus the characteristics of the inter-link of the past Manvantaras and future have been declared by Svayambhuva Manu.
Lineage of Prajapati - Verse 176
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 61 · Verse 176
The sequence of the Manvantaras of the past and future is snapped entirely through the final dissolution.
Lineage of Prajapati - Verse 177
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 61 · Verse 177
After the lapse of the Manvantaras, these attain Maharloka; from Maharloka they go to Jana, Tapah and Satya Lokas. 1 * 178-17$. As* observed by those who have that sort of mystic experience and as^'proved by manifold testimony, they stay in Satya Loka, but when aberrations set in at the hour of dissolution of Manvantara, they leave off Satya Loka and with devotion they enter the body of lord Narayana, of vast incomprehensible size.
Lineage of Prajapati - Verse 180
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 61 · Verse 180
In all the changes of Manvantaras that have been functioning for a long time, the world of living beings does not remain (the same) even for a moment. Due to the nature of destiny, it (the world) undergoes changes by way of decrease or increase.
Lineage of Prajapati - Verse 181
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 61 · Verse 181
Thus the narrative of the Manus, who are virtuous, who have been praised by the sages and who are endowed with divine vision has been recounted partly in detail and partly in brief. This narrative was originally composed by Vayu. This can be understood by the people only by their divine power. •
Lineage of Prajapati - Verse 182
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 61 · Verse 182
All the changes refer to saintly kings, Celestia 1 Sages, Brahmarsis, Devas, Serpents, the lord of Devas, the Seven Sages, the Pitrs and Prajapatis.
Lineage of Prajapati - Verse 183
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 61 · Verse 183
It is highly meritorious to eulogise the lords born of noble families, endowed with splendour, excellent intellect, fame and renown.
Lineage of Prajapati - Verse 184
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 61 · Verse 184
It is conducive to the attainment of heaven. It is very holy, highly esoteric, capable of granting progeny. It should be recited during great parvan days. It is conducive to the removal of the effects of bad dreams and is conducive to longevity.
Lineage of Prajapati - Verse 185
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 61 · Verse 185
Resort to the great principle Sumahesa for attaining Siddhis. Resort to this Purana which contains the narratives of Prajapatis, Devas, Sages, the well-known yet sacred origination of the unborn Lord and for the fulfilment of my narration.
Lineage of Prajapati - Verse 186
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 61 · Verse 186
Thus I have described the Svayambhuva Manvantara in detail and in the proper order. What more shall I describe to you? ^ * > V a iii** %•' ymlf. litlfaiSI M ail:
Lineage of Prajapati - Verse 1-2
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 61 · Verse 1-2
Lineage of Prajapati The sages said : Bharadvaja, Yajnavalkya, Galaki, Salaki, the intelligent Satabalaka, the excellent Brahmana Naigama and Bharadvaja, son of Baskala1—all these expounded three Samhitas. Rathitara composed the fourth work called Nirukta.
Lineage of Prajapati - Verse 165-166
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 61 · Verse 165-166
At the beginning of a Manvantara as in the begi ning of the Treta Yuga, when Devas and men become sta rise in Dharma, they absolve themselves from the i e te mess o ^Lsis ( sages) by observing celibacy, to Pitrs try procereation an to the Devas by performance of sacrifices.
Lineage of Prajapati - Verse 171-172
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 61 · Verse 171-172
When all these have all the abodes become vacant everywhere m 454 Vayu Purana other Devas who had been staying in the heaven endowed with penance, well equipped with truthfulness, celibacy and learning occupy those places.
Lineage of Prajapati - Verse 3-4
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 61 · Verse 3-4
He had three noble-souled disciples endowed with good qualities. They were the intelligent Nandayanlya, the wise Pannagari and the third one Aryava (Arjava in Bd. P.) . They were of praise-worthy, holy observances due to their penance. They were devoid of passions, endowed with very great splendour and masters of the knowledge of Samhitas. Hence they were called Bahvrcas by whom Samhitas were propagated.
Lineage of Prajapati - Verse 5-6
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 61 · Verse 5-6
The sage of the spiritual lineage of Vaisampayana composed Yajurveda. Eightysix auspicious Samhitas of Yajus (r) Mantras had been composed by him. 2 He passed them over to his disciples. They grasped them in accordance with the injunctions. The sage Yajnavalkya of great penance alone was left out. But he too composed eightysix alternative Samhitas.
Lineage of Prajapati - Verse 129-130
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 61 · Verse 129-130
] From Janaloka all Devas are born at the appropriate time again and again for ten1 Kalpas. Then they are linked with inevitable destiny. Thereafter, they perceive that birth to be full of defects and associated with diseases 2 .
Lineage of Prajapati - Verse 113-114
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 61 · Verse 113-114
In the Krta Yuga (as) there are no religious rites, how can there be a rite not done? In this world whatever is once done or whatever is committed or omitted, whatever has been heard or should be heard, whether good or bad, what should be known, pondered over, touched or enjoyed, seen, heard or realized (is so by Brahman). 1 15. Whatever has been shown by Him is the (only) knowledge of Devarsis. Who can scrutinize that which He (Brahman) has pointed out*. It is the Lord alone who has declared all things to all.
Lineage of Prajapati - Verse 162-163
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 61 · Verse 162-163
Even as they perform penance extremely difficul to be performed for the Devas, Asuras, Pitfs ? Sages, erpe , Ghosts and Goblins, Gandharvas, Yaksas and Raksasas are or as before on the death of the earlier persons*
Lineage of Prajapati - Verse 158-161
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 61 · Verse 158-161
When the creation of rain begins, they function actively for the proper working of the Manvantara and for the
Lineage of Prajapati - Verse 70-71
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 61 · Verse 70-71
There are eleven thousand twenty Rks (in Yajus). In the Samhita of Rhfgu, there are ten thousand three hundred and eighty Rks and a thousand Mantras. The number of Rks in Atharva Veda is more. These are mentioned as five thousand. Some sages add nine hundred and eighty Rks. This is mentioned by Angiras who includes the Aranyaka portion. Thus the number of Rks and the different recensions have been enumerated.
Lineage of Prajapati - Verse 95-96
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 61 · Verse 95-96
Everyday they observe the six rites ; they are flourishing householders; they believe in Adrsta (the Unseen Principle) , the cause of Karmans, and act accordingly. They maintain their lives without rustic vulgarities; they prepare their own tasty dishes ; they maintain families ; they are prosperous externally and internally.
Lineage of Prajapati - Verse 82-83
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 61 · Verse 82-83
Devarsis (Celestial Sages) are the sons of Dharma, Pulastya, Kratu, Pulaha, Pratyusa, Prabhasa and Kasyapa, Listen to the enumeration of their names. The Celestial Sages, Nara and Narayana are the two sons of Dharma.
Lineage of Prajapati - Verse 138-140
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 61 · Verse 138-140
Experts in enumeration have calculated^ the duration of a Manvantara. It is thirty crores sixty-seven million twenty thousand years excluding the period of transition. This duration of a Manvantara has been enumerated accor ing to human years. Now I shall enumerate the duration ol a Manvantara in celestial years.
Lineage of Prajapati - Verse 136-137
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 61 · Verse 136-137
Dissolution at the end of a Manvantara and crea tion at the end of dissolution, of Devas, Rsis, PitP and Manus cannot be described in detail and in proper order even in hundreds of years. The details of creation and annihilation cannot be stated. Now understand the duration of a Manvantara, according to the human calculation.
Lineage of Prajapati - Verse 119-120
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 61 · Verse 119-120
In. every Treta Age Svayaxiibhuva (Manu) , the eldest son of Brahma, the Supreme God, is the only knower of all lores which he classifies in the Dvapara Age. In the Vaivasvata Manvantara, it is Brahma who teaches that lore at the outset.
Lineage of Prajapati - Verse 90-93
Vayu Purana (G. V. Tagare English translation) · Chapter 61 · Verse 90-93
I shall now mention the characteristics of Devarsis and others. They have the knowledge of the past, present and future. They always speak the truth. They are enlightened and they are united to (their) self. They are well-known through their penance. Even while in the womb, the darkness of ignorance has been dispelled by them. They practise the repetition of Mantras. Due to their Supreme Power, they are omnipresent. Devas, Brahmanas and Kings are in communion with the sages. Those who study and practise the above are considered to be Rsis. Seven of them with the following seven traits are remembered as Saptar sis (the Seven Sages) . 1